glue

package module
v1.80.3 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: May 16, 2024 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 41 Imported by: 77

Documentation

Overview

Package glue provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for AWS Glue.

Glue

Defines the public endpoint for the Glue service.

Index

Constants

View Source 
const ServiceAPIVersion = "2017-03-31"
View Source 
const ServiceID = "Glue"

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver 

func NewDefaultEndpointResolver() *internalendpoints.Resolver

NewDefaultEndpointResolver constructs a new service endpoint resolver

func WithAPIOptions added in v1.0.0 

func WithAPIOptions(optFns ...func(*middleware.Stack) error) func(*Options)

WithAPIOptions returns a functional option for setting the Client's APIOptions option.

func WithEndpointResolver deprecated 

func WithEndpointResolver(v EndpointResolver) func(*Options)

Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and BaseEndpoint.

To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set the client option BaseEndpoint instead.

func WithEndpointResolverV2 added in v1.59.0 

func WithEndpointResolverV2(v EndpointResolverV2) func(*Options)

WithEndpointResolverV2 returns a functional option for setting the Client's EndpointResolverV2 option.

func WithSigV4SigningName added in v1.68.1 

func WithSigV4SigningName(name string) func(*Options)

WithSigV4SigningName applies an override to the authentication workflow to use the given signing name for SigV4-authenticated operations.

This is an advanced setting. The value here is FINAL, taking precedence over the resolved signing name from both auth scheme resolution and endpoint resolution.

func WithSigV4SigningRegion added in v1.68.1 

func WithSigV4SigningRegion(region string) func(*Options)

WithSigV4SigningRegion applies an override to the authentication workflow to use the given signing region for SigV4-authenticated operations.

This is an advanced setting. The value here is FINAL, taking precedence over the resolved signing region from both auth scheme resolution and endpoint resolution.

Types

type AuthResolverParameters added in v1.68.1 

type AuthResolverParameters struct {
	// The name of the operation being invoked.
	Operation string

	// The region in which the operation is being invoked.
	Region string
}

AuthResolverParameters contains the set of inputs necessary for auth scheme resolution.

type AuthSchemeResolver added in v1.68.1 

type AuthSchemeResolver interface {
	ResolveAuthSchemes(context.Context, *AuthResolverParameters) ([]*smithyauth.Option, error)
}

AuthSchemeResolver returns a set of possible authentication options for an operation.

type BatchCreatePartitionInput 

type BatchCreatePartitionInput struct {

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionInputList []types.PartitionInput

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created. Currently, this
	// should be the Amazon Web Services account ID.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchCreatePartitionOutput 

type BatchCreatePartitionOutput struct {

	// The errors encountered when trying to create the requested partitions.
	Errors []types.PartitionError

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeleteConnectionInput 

type BatchDeleteConnectionInput struct {

	// A list of names of the connections to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionNameList []string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput 

type BatchDeleteConnectionOutput struct {

	// A map of the names of connections that were not successfully deleted to error
	// details.
	Errors map[string]types.ErrorDetail

	// A list of names of the connection definitions that were successfully deleted.
	Succeeded []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeletePartitionInput 

type BatchDeletePartitionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionsToDelete []types.PartitionValueList

	// The name of the table that contains the partitions to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If none
	// is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeletePartitionOutput 

type BatchDeletePartitionOutput struct {

	// The errors encountered when trying to delete the requested partitions.
	Errors []types.PartitionError

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeleteTableInput 

type BatchDeleteTableInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database in which the tables to delete reside. For Hive
	// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of the table to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TablesToDelete []string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The transaction ID at which to delete the table contents.
	TransactionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeleteTableOutput 

type BatchDeleteTableOutput struct {

	// A list of errors encountered in attempting to delete the specified tables.
	Errors []types.TableError

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput 

type BatchDeleteTableVersionInput struct {

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// A list of the IDs of versions to be deleted. A VersionId is a string
	// representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VersionIds []string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput 

type BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput struct {

	// A list of errors encountered while trying to delete the specified table
	// versions.
	Errors []types.TableVersionError

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetBlueprintsInput added in v1.11.0 

type BatchGetBlueprintsInput struct {

	// A list of blueprint names.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Names []string

	// Specifies whether or not to include the blueprint in the response.
	IncludeBlueprint *bool

	// Specifies whether or not to include the parameters, as a JSON string, for the
	// blueprint in the response.
	IncludeParameterSpec *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetBlueprintsOutput added in v1.11.0 

type BatchGetBlueprintsOutput struct {

	// Returns a list of blueprint as a Blueprints object.
	Blueprints []types.Blueprint

	// Returns a list of BlueprintNames that were not found.
	MissingBlueprints []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetCrawlersInput 

type BatchGetCrawlersInput struct {

	// A list of crawler names, which might be the names returned from the ListCrawlers
	// operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CrawlerNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetCrawlersOutput 

type BatchGetCrawlersOutput struct {

	// A list of crawler definitions.
	Crawlers []types.Crawler

	// A list of names of crawlers that were not found.
	CrawlersNotFound []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetCustomEntityTypesInput added in v1.24.0 

type BatchGetCustomEntityTypesInput struct {

	// A list of names of the custom patterns that you want to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Names []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetCustomEntityTypesOutput added in v1.24.0 

type BatchGetCustomEntityTypesOutput struct {

	// A list of CustomEntityType objects representing the custom patterns that have
	// been created.
	CustomEntityTypes []types.CustomEntityType

	// A list of the names of custom patterns that were not found.
	CustomEntityTypesNotFound []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetDataQualityResultInput added in v1.37.0 

type BatchGetDataQualityResultInput struct {

	// A list of unique result IDs for the data quality results.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResultIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetDataQualityResultOutput added in v1.37.0 

type BatchGetDataQualityResultOutput struct {

	// A list of DataQualityResult objects representing the data quality results.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Results []types.DataQualityResult

	// A list of result IDs for which results were not found.
	ResultsNotFound []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetDevEndpointsInput 

type BatchGetDevEndpointsInput struct {

	// The list of DevEndpoint names, which might be the names returned from the
	// ListDevEndpoint operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DevEndpointNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput 

type BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput struct {

	// A list of DevEndpoint definitions.
	DevEndpoints []types.DevEndpoint

	// A list of DevEndpoints not found.
	DevEndpointsNotFound []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetJobsInput 

type BatchGetJobsInput struct {

	// A list of job names, which might be the names returned from the ListJobs
	// operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetJobsOutput 

type BatchGetJobsOutput struct {

	// A list of job definitions.
	Jobs []types.Job

	// A list of names of jobs not found.
	JobsNotFound []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetPartitionInput 

type BatchGetPartitionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of partition values identifying the partitions to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionsToGet []types.PartitionValueList

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetPartitionOutput 

type BatchGetPartitionOutput struct {

	// A list of the requested partitions.
	Partitions []types.Partition

	// A list of the partition values in the request for which partitions were not
	// returned.
	UnprocessedKeys []types.PartitionValueList

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetTableOptimizerInput added in v1.68.0 

type BatchGetTableOptimizerInput struct {

	// A list of BatchGetTableOptimizerEntry objects specifying the table optimizers
	// to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Entries []types.BatchGetTableOptimizerEntry
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetTableOptimizerOutput added in v1.68.0 

type BatchGetTableOptimizerOutput struct {

	// A list of errors from the operation.
	Failures []types.BatchGetTableOptimizerError

	// A list of BatchTableOptimizer objects.
	TableOptimizers []types.BatchTableOptimizer

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetTriggersInput 

type BatchGetTriggersInput struct {

	// A list of trigger names, which may be the names returned from the ListTriggers
	// operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TriggerNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetTriggersOutput 

type BatchGetTriggersOutput struct {

	// A list of trigger definitions.
	Triggers []types.Trigger

	// A list of names of triggers not found.
	TriggersNotFound []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetWorkflowsInput 

type BatchGetWorkflowsInput struct {

	// A list of workflow names, which may be the names returned from the ListWorkflows
	// operation.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Names []string

	// Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource
	// metadata.
	IncludeGraph *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchGetWorkflowsOutput 

type BatchGetWorkflowsOutput struct {

	// A list of names of workflows not found.
	MissingWorkflows []string

	// A list of workflow resource metadata.
	Workflows []types.Workflow

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchStopJobRunInput 

type BatchStopJobRunInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition for which to stop job runs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string

	// A list of the JobRunIds that should be stopped for that job definition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobRunIds []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchStopJobRunOutput 

type BatchStopJobRunOutput struct {

	// A list of the errors that were encountered in trying to stop JobRuns , including
	// the JobRunId for which each error was encountered and details about the error.
	Errors []types.BatchStopJobRunError

	// A list of the JobRuns that were successfully submitted for stopping.
	SuccessfulSubmissions []types.BatchStopJobRunSuccessfulSubmission

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchUpdatePartitionInput added in v0.29.0 

type BatchUpdatePartitionInput struct {

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of up to 100 BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry objects to update.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Entries []types.BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be updated. Currently, this
	// should be the Amazon Web Services account ID.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type BatchUpdatePartitionOutput added in v0.29.0 

type BatchUpdatePartitionOutput struct {

	// The errors encountered when trying to update the requested partitions. A list
	// of BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry objects.
	Errors []types.BatchUpdatePartitionFailureEntry

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput added in v1.37.0 

type CancelDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput struct {

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput added in v1.37.0 

type CancelDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput added in v1.37.0 

type CancelDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput struct {

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput added in v1.37.0 

type CancelDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelMLTaskRunInput 

type CancelMLTaskRunInput struct {

	// A unique identifier for the task run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TaskRunId *string

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelMLTaskRunOutput 

type CancelMLTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The status for this run.
	Status types.TaskStatusType

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	TransformId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelStatementInput added in v1.22.0 

type CancelStatementInput struct {

	// The ID of the statement to be cancelled.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id int32

	// The Session ID of the statement to be cancelled.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SessionId *string

	// The origin of the request to cancel the statement.
	RequestOrigin *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CancelStatementOutput added in v1.22.0 

type CancelStatementOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput added in v0.30.0 

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput struct {

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently AVRO , JSON and PROTOBUF
	// are supported.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataFormat types.DataFormat

	// The definition of the schema that has to be validated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaDefinition *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput added in v0.30.0 

type CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput struct {

	// A validation failure error message.
	Error *string

	// Return true, if the schema is valid and false otherwise.
	Valid bool

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type Client 

type Client struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Client provides the API client to make operations call for AWS Glue.

func New 

func New(options Options, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

New returns an initialized Client based on the functional options. Provide additional functional options to further configure the behavior of the client, such as changing the client's endpoint or adding custom middleware behavior.

func NewFromConfig 

func NewFromConfig(cfg aws.Config, optFns ...func(*Options)) *Client

NewFromConfig returns a new client from the provided config.

func (*Client) BatchCreatePartition 

func (c *Client) BatchCreatePartition(ctx context.Context, params *BatchCreatePartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchCreatePartitionOutput, error)

Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation.

func (*Client) BatchDeleteConnection 

func (c *Client) BatchDeleteConnection(ctx context.Context, params *BatchDeleteConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchDeleteConnectionOutput, error)

Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) BatchDeletePartition 

func (c *Client) BatchDeletePartition(ctx context.Context, params *BatchDeletePartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchDeletePartitionOutput, error)

Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation.

func (*Client) BatchDeleteTable 

func (c *Client) BatchDeleteTable(ctx context.Context, params *BatchDeleteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchDeleteTableOutput, error)

Deletes multiple tables at once.

After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the table versions and partitions that belong to the deleted table. Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.

To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling BatchDeleteTable , use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion , and DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition , to delete any resources that belong to the table.

func (*Client) BatchDeleteTableVersion 

func (c *Client) BatchDeleteTableVersion(ctx context.Context, params *BatchDeleteTableVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchDeleteTableVersionOutput, error)

Deletes a specified batch of versions of a table.

func (*Client) BatchGetBlueprints added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) BatchGetBlueprints(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetBlueprintsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetBlueprintsOutput, error)

Retrieves information about a list of blueprints.

func (*Client) BatchGetCrawlers 

func (c *Client) BatchGetCrawlers(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetCrawlersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetCrawlersOutput, error)

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of crawler names. After calling the ListCrawlers operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

func (*Client) BatchGetCustomEntityTypes added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) BatchGetCustomEntityTypes(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetCustomEntityTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetCustomEntityTypesOutput, error)

Retrieves the details for the custom patterns specified by a list of names.

func (*Client) BatchGetDataQualityResult added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) BatchGetDataQualityResult(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetDataQualityResultInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetDataQualityResultOutput, error)

Retrieves a list of data quality results for the specified result IDs.

func (*Client) BatchGetDevEndpoints 

func (c *Client) BatchGetDevEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetDevEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetDevEndpointsOutput, error)

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of development endpoint names. After calling the ListDevEndpoints operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

func (*Client) BatchGetJobs 

func (c *Client) BatchGetJobs(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetJobsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetJobsOutput, error)

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of job names. After calling the ListJobs operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

func (*Client) BatchGetPartition 

func (c *Client) BatchGetPartition(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetPartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetPartitionOutput, error)

Retrieves partitions in a batch request.

func (*Client) BatchGetTableOptimizer added in v1.68.0 

func (c *Client) BatchGetTableOptimizer(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetTableOptimizerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetTableOptimizerOutput, error)

Returns the configuration for the specified table optimizers.

func (*Client) BatchGetTriggers 

func (c *Client) BatchGetTriggers(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetTriggersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetTriggersOutput, error)

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of trigger names. After calling the ListTriggers operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

func (*Client) BatchGetWorkflows 

func (c *Client) BatchGetWorkflows(ctx context.Context, params *BatchGetWorkflowsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchGetWorkflowsOutput, error)

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of workflow names. After calling the ListWorkflows operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

func (*Client) BatchStopJobRun 

func (c *Client) BatchStopJobRun(ctx context.Context, params *BatchStopJobRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchStopJobRunOutput, error)

Stops one or more job runs for a specified job definition.

func (*Client) BatchUpdatePartition added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) BatchUpdatePartition(ctx context.Context, params *BatchUpdatePartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*BatchUpdatePartitionOutput, error)

Updates one or more partitions in a batch operation.

func (*Client) CancelDataQualityRuleRecommendationRun added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) CancelDataQualityRuleRecommendationRun(ctx context.Context, params *CancelDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput, error)

Cancels the specified recommendation run that was being used to generate rules.

func (*Client) CancelDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRun added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) CancelDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRun(ctx context.Context, params *CancelDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput, error)

Cancels a run where a ruleset is being evaluated against a data source.

func (*Client) CancelMLTaskRun 

func (c *Client) CancelMLTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *CancelMLTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelMLTaskRunOutput, error)

Cancels (stops) a task run. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can cancel a machine learning task run at any time by calling CancelMLTaskRun with a task run's parent transform's TransformID and the task run's TaskRunId .

func (*Client) CancelStatement added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) CancelStatement(ctx context.Context, params *CancelStatementInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CancelStatementOutput, error)

Cancels the statement.

func (*Client) CheckSchemaVersionValidity added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) CheckSchemaVersionValidity(ctx context.Context, params *CheckSchemaVersionValidityInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CheckSchemaVersionValidityOutput, error)

Validates the supplied schema. This call has no side effects, it simply validates using the supplied schema using DataFormat as the format. Since it does not take a schema set name, no compatibility checks are performed.

func (*Client) CreateBlueprint added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) CreateBlueprint(ctx context.Context, params *CreateBlueprintInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateBlueprintOutput, error)

Registers a blueprint with Glue.

func (*Client) CreateClassifier 

func (c *Client) CreateClassifier(ctx context.Context, params *CreateClassifierInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateClassifierOutput, error)

Creates a classifier in the user's account. This can be a GrokClassifier , an XMLClassifier , a JsonClassifier , or a CsvClassifier , depending on which field of the request is present.

func (*Client) CreateConnection 

func (c *Client) CreateConnection(ctx context.Context, params *CreateConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateConnectionOutput, error)

Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.

Connections used for creating federated resources require the IAM glue:PassConnection permission.

func (*Client) CreateCrawler 

func (c *Client) CreateCrawler(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCrawlerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCrawlerOutput, error)

Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional schedule. At least one crawl target must be specified, in the s3Targets field, the jdbcTargets field, or the DynamoDBTargets field.

func (*Client) CreateCustomEntityType added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) CreateCustomEntityType(ctx context.Context, params *CreateCustomEntityTypeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateCustomEntityTypeOutput, error)

Creates a custom pattern that is used to detect sensitive data across the columns and rows of your structured data.

Each custom pattern you create specifies a regular expression and an optional list of context words. If no context words are passed only a regular expression is checked.

func (*Client) CreateDataQualityRuleset added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) CreateDataQualityRuleset(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDataQualityRulesetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDataQualityRulesetOutput, error)

Creates a data quality ruleset with DQDL rules applied to a specified Glue table.

You create the ruleset using the Data Quality Definition Language (DQDL). For more information, see the Glue developer guide.

func (*Client) CreateDatabase 

func (c *Client) CreateDatabase(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDatabaseInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDatabaseOutput, error)

Creates a new database in a Data Catalog.

func (*Client) CreateDevEndpoint 

func (c *Client) CreateDevEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *CreateDevEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateDevEndpointOutput, error)

Creates a new development endpoint.

func (*Client) CreateJob 

func (c *Client) CreateJob(ctx context.Context, params *CreateJobInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateJobOutput, error)

Creates a new job definition.

func (*Client) CreateMLTransform 

func (c *Client) CreateMLTransform(ctx context.Context, params *CreateMLTransformInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateMLTransformOutput, error)

Creates an Glue machine learning transform. This operation creates the transform and all the necessary parameters to train it.

Call this operation as the first step in the process of using a machine learning transform (such as the FindMatches transform) for deduplicating data. You can provide an optional Description , in addition to the parameters that you want to use for your algorithm.

You must also specify certain parameters for the tasks that Glue runs on your behalf as part of learning from your data and creating a high-quality machine learning transform. These parameters include Role , and optionally, AllocatedCapacity , Timeout , and MaxRetries . For more information, see Jobs.

func (*Client) CreatePartition 

func (c *Client) CreatePartition(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePartitionOutput, error)

Creates a new partition.

func (*Client) CreatePartitionIndex added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) CreatePartitionIndex(ctx context.Context, params *CreatePartitionIndexInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreatePartitionIndexOutput, error)

Creates a specified partition index in an existing table.

func (*Client) CreateRegistry added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) CreateRegistry(ctx context.Context, params *CreateRegistryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateRegistryOutput, error)

Creates a new registry which may be used to hold a collection of schemas.

func (*Client) CreateSchema added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) CreateSchema(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSchemaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSchemaOutput, error)

Creates a new schema set and registers the schema definition. Returns an error if the schema set already exists without actually registering the version.

When the schema set is created, a version checkpoint will be set to the first version. Compatibility mode "DISABLED" restricts any additional schema versions from being added after the first schema version. For all other compatibility modes, validation of compatibility settings will be applied only from the second version onwards when the RegisterSchemaVersion API is used.

When this API is called without a RegistryId , this will create an entry for a "default-registry" in the registry database tables, if it is not already present.

func (*Client) CreateScript 

func (c *Client) CreateScript(ctx context.Context, params *CreateScriptInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateScriptOutput, error)

Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into code.

func (*Client) CreateSecurityConfiguration 

func (c *Client) CreateSecurityConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSecurityConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

Creates a new security configuration. A security configuration is a set of security properties that can be used by Glue. You can use a security configuration to encrypt data at rest. For information about using security configurations in Glue, see Encrypting Data Written by Crawlers, Jobs, and Development Endpoints.

func (*Client) CreateSession added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) CreateSession(ctx context.Context, params *CreateSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateSessionOutput, error)

Creates a new session.

func (*Client) CreateTable 

func (c *Client) CreateTable(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTableOutput, error)

Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) CreateTableOptimizer added in v1.68.0 

func (c *Client) CreateTableOptimizer(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTableOptimizerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTableOptimizerOutput, error)

Creates a new table optimizer for a specific function. compaction is the only currently supported optimizer type.

func (*Client) CreateTrigger 

func (c *Client) CreateTrigger(ctx context.Context, params *CreateTriggerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateTriggerOutput, error)

Creates a new trigger.

func (*Client) CreateUserDefinedFunction 

func (c *Client) CreateUserDefinedFunction(ctx context.Context, params *CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) CreateWorkflow 

func (c *Client) CreateWorkflow(ctx context.Context, params *CreateWorkflowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*CreateWorkflowOutput, error)

Creates a new workflow.

func (*Client) DeleteBlueprint added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteBlueprint(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteBlueprintInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteBlueprintOutput, error)

Deletes an existing blueprint.

func (*Client) DeleteClassifier 

func (c *Client) DeleteClassifier(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteClassifierInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteClassifierOutput, error)

Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition 

func (c *Client) DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartition(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

Delete the partition column statistics of a column.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is DeletePartition .

func (*Client) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable 

func (c *Client) DeleteColumnStatisticsForTable(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

Retrieves table statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is DeleteTable .

func (*Client) DeleteConnection 

func (c *Client) DeleteConnection(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteConnectionOutput, error)

Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) DeleteCrawler 

func (c *Client) DeleteCrawler(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCrawlerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteCrawlerOutput, error)

Removes a specified crawler from the Glue Data Catalog, unless the crawler state is RUNNING .

func (*Client) DeleteCustomEntityType added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteCustomEntityType(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteCustomEntityTypeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteCustomEntityTypeOutput, error)

Deletes a custom pattern by specifying its name.

func (*Client) DeleteDataQualityRuleset added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteDataQualityRuleset(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDataQualityRulesetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDataQualityRulesetOutput, error)

Deletes a data quality ruleset.

func (*Client) DeleteDatabase 

func (c *Client) DeleteDatabase(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDatabaseInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDatabaseOutput, error)

Removes a specified database from a Data Catalog.

After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the tables (and all table versions and partitions that might belong to the tables) and the user-defined functions in the deleted database. Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.

To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling DeleteDatabase , use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion , DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition , DeleteUserDefinedFunction , and DeleteTable or BatchDeleteTable , to delete any resources that belong to the database.

func (*Client) DeleteDevEndpoint 

func (c *Client) DeleteDevEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteDevEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteDevEndpointOutput, error)

Deletes a specified development endpoint.

func (*Client) DeleteJob 

func (c *Client) DeleteJob(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteJobInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteJobOutput, error)

Deletes a specified job definition. If the job definition is not found, no exception is thrown.

func (*Client) DeleteMLTransform 

func (c *Client) DeleteMLTransform(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteMLTransformInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteMLTransformOutput, error)

Deletes an Glue machine learning transform. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by Glue. If you no longer need a transform, you can delete it by calling DeleteMLTransforms . However, any Glue jobs that still reference the deleted transform will no longer succeed.

func (*Client) DeletePartition 

func (c *Client) DeletePartition(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePartitionOutput, error)

Deletes a specified partition.

func (*Client) DeletePartitionIndex added in v0.31.0 

func (c *Client) DeletePartitionIndex(ctx context.Context, params *DeletePartitionIndexInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeletePartitionIndexOutput, error)

Deletes a specified partition index from an existing table.

func (*Client) DeleteRegistry added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteRegistry(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteRegistryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteRegistryOutput, error)

Delete the entire registry including schema and all of its versions. To get the status of the delete operation, you can call the GetRegistry API after the asynchronous call. Deleting a registry will deactivate all online operations for the registry such as the UpdateRegistry , CreateSchema , UpdateSchema , and RegisterSchemaVersion APIs.

func (*Client) DeleteResourcePolicy 

func (c *Client) DeleteResourcePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteResourcePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteResourcePolicyOutput, error)

Deletes a specified policy.

func (*Client) DeleteSchema added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteSchema(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSchemaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSchemaOutput, error)

Deletes the entire schema set, including the schema set and all of its versions. To get the status of the delete operation, you can call GetSchema API after the asynchronous call. Deleting a registry will deactivate all online operations for the schema, such as the GetSchemaByDefinition , and RegisterSchemaVersion APIs.

func (*Client) DeleteSchemaVersions added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteSchemaVersions(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSchemaVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput, error)

Remove versions from the specified schema. A version number or range may be supplied. If the compatibility mode forbids deleting of a version that is necessary, such as BACKWARDS_FULL, an error is returned. Calling the GetSchemaVersions API after this call will list the status of the deleted versions.

When the range of version numbers contain check pointed version, the API will return a 409 conflict and will not proceed with the deletion. You have to remove the checkpoint first using the DeleteSchemaCheckpoint API before using this API.

You cannot use the DeleteSchemaVersions API to delete the first schema version in the schema set. The first schema version can only be deleted by the DeleteSchema API. This operation will also delete the attached SchemaVersionMetadata under the schema versions. Hard deletes will be enforced on the database.

If the compatibility mode forbids deleting of a version that is necessary, such as BACKWARDS_FULL, an error is returned.

func (*Client) DeleteSecurityConfiguration 

func (c *Client) DeleteSecurityConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

Deletes a specified security configuration.

func (*Client) DeleteSession added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteSession(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteSessionOutput, error)

Deletes the session.

func (*Client) DeleteTable 

func (c *Client) DeleteTable(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTableOutput, error)

Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog.

After completing this operation, you no longer have access to the table versions and partitions that belong to the deleted table. Glue deletes these "orphaned" resources asynchronously in a timely manner, at the discretion of the service.

To ensure the immediate deletion of all related resources, before calling DeleteTable , use DeleteTableVersion or BatchDeleteTableVersion , and DeletePartition or BatchDeletePartition , to delete any resources that belong to the table.

func (*Client) DeleteTableOptimizer added in v1.68.0 

func (c *Client) DeleteTableOptimizer(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTableOptimizerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTableOptimizerOutput, error)

Deletes an optimizer and all associated metadata for a table. The optimization will no longer be performed on the table.

func (*Client) DeleteTableVersion 

func (c *Client) DeleteTableVersion(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTableVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTableVersionOutput, error)

Deletes a specified version of a table.

func (*Client) DeleteTrigger 

func (c *Client) DeleteTrigger(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteTriggerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteTriggerOutput, error)

Deletes a specified trigger. If the trigger is not found, no exception is thrown.

func (*Client) DeleteUserDefinedFunction 

func (c *Client) DeleteUserDefinedFunction(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) DeleteWorkflow 

func (c *Client) DeleteWorkflow(ctx context.Context, params *DeleteWorkflowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*DeleteWorkflowOutput, error)

Deletes a workflow.

func (*Client) GetBlueprint added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) GetBlueprint(ctx context.Context, params *GetBlueprintInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBlueprintOutput, error)

Retrieves the details of a blueprint.

func (*Client) GetBlueprintRun added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) GetBlueprintRun(ctx context.Context, params *GetBlueprintRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBlueprintRunOutput, error)

Retrieves the details of a blueprint run.

func (*Client) GetBlueprintRuns added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) GetBlueprintRuns(ctx context.Context, params *GetBlueprintRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBlueprintRunsOutput, error)

Retrieves the details of blueprint runs for a specified blueprint.

func (*Client) GetCatalogImportStatus 

func (c *Client) GetCatalogImportStatus(ctx context.Context, params *GetCatalogImportStatusInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCatalogImportStatusOutput, error)

Retrieves the status of a migration operation.

func (*Client) GetClassifier 

func (c *Client) GetClassifier(ctx context.Context, params *GetClassifierInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetClassifierOutput, error)

Retrieve a classifier by name.

func (*Client) GetClassifiers 

func (c *Client) GetClassifiers(ctx context.Context, params *GetClassifiersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error)

Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) GetColumnStatisticsForPartition 

func (c *Client) GetColumnStatisticsForPartition(ctx context.Context, params *GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

Retrieves partition statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is GetPartition .

func (*Client) GetColumnStatisticsForTable 

func (c *Client) GetColumnStatisticsForTable(ctx context.Context, params *GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

Retrieves table statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is GetTable .

func (*Client) GetColumnStatisticsTaskRun added in v1.69.0 

func (c *Client) GetColumnStatisticsTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput, error)

Get the associated metadata/information for a task run, given a task run ID.

func (*Client) GetColumnStatisticsTaskRuns added in v1.69.0 

func (c *Client) GetColumnStatisticsTaskRuns(ctx context.Context, params *GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput, error)

Retrieves information about all runs associated with the specified table.

func (*Client) GetConnection 

func (c *Client) GetConnection(ctx context.Context, params *GetConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetConnectionOutput, error)

Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) GetConnections 

func (c *Client) GetConnections(ctx context.Context, params *GetConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error)

Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) GetCrawler 

func (c *Client) GetCrawler(ctx context.Context, params *GetCrawlerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCrawlerOutput, error)

Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler.

func (*Client) GetCrawlerMetrics 

func (c *Client) GetCrawlerMetrics(ctx context.Context, params *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error)

Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers.

func (*Client) GetCrawlers 

func (c *Client) GetCrawlers(ctx context.Context, params *GetCrawlersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error)

Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account.

func (*Client) GetCustomEntityType added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) GetCustomEntityType(ctx context.Context, params *GetCustomEntityTypeInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCustomEntityTypeOutput, error)

Retrieves the details of a custom pattern by specifying its name.

func (*Client) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings 

func (c *Client) GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(ctx context.Context, params *GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error)

Retrieves the security configuration for a specified catalog.

func (*Client) GetDataQualityResult added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) GetDataQualityResult(ctx context.Context, params *GetDataQualityResultInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDataQualityResultOutput, error)

Retrieves the result of a data quality rule evaluation.

func (*Client) GetDataQualityRuleRecommendationRun added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) GetDataQualityRuleRecommendationRun(ctx context.Context, params *GetDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput, error)

Gets the specified recommendation run that was used to generate rules.

func (*Client) GetDataQualityRuleset added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) GetDataQualityRuleset(ctx context.Context, params *GetDataQualityRulesetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDataQualityRulesetOutput, error)

Returns an existing ruleset by identifier or name.

func (*Client) GetDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRun added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) GetDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRun(ctx context.Context, params *GetDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput, error)

Retrieves a specific run where a ruleset is evaluated against a data source.

func (*Client) GetDatabase 

func (c *Client) GetDatabase(ctx context.Context, params *GetDatabaseInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDatabaseOutput, error)

Retrieves the definition of a specified database.

func (*Client) GetDatabases 

func (c *Client) GetDatabases(ctx context.Context, params *GetDatabasesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error)

Retrieves all databases defined in a given Data Catalog.

func (*Client) GetDataflowGraph 

func (c *Client) GetDataflowGraph(ctx context.Context, params *GetDataflowGraphInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDataflowGraphOutput, error)

Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG).

func (*Client) GetDevEndpoint 

func (c *Client) GetDevEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *GetDevEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDevEndpointOutput, error)

Retrieves information about a specified development endpoint.

When you create a development endpoint in a virtual private cloud (VPC), Glue returns only a private IP address, and the public IP address field is not populated. When you create a non-VPC development endpoint, Glue returns only a public IP address.

func (*Client) GetDevEndpoints 

func (c *Client) GetDevEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *GetDevEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error)

Retrieves all the development endpoints in this Amazon Web Services account.

When you create a development endpoint in a virtual private cloud (VPC), Glue returns only a private IP address and the public IP address field is not populated. When you create a non-VPC development endpoint, Glue returns only a public IP address.

func (*Client) GetJob 

func (c *Client) GetJob(ctx context.Context, params *GetJobInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobOutput, error)

Retrieves an existing job definition.

func (*Client) GetJobBookmark 

func (c *Client) GetJobBookmark(ctx context.Context, params *GetJobBookmarkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobBookmarkOutput, error)

Returns information on a job bookmark entry.

For more information about enabling and using job bookmarks, see:

Tracking processed data using job bookmarks

Job parameters used by Glue

Job structure

func (*Client) GetJobRun 

func (c *Client) GetJobRun(ctx context.Context, params *GetJobRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobRunOutput, error)

Retrieves the metadata for a given job run.

func (*Client) GetJobRuns 

func (c *Client) GetJobRuns(ctx context.Context, params *GetJobRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error)

Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job definition.

func (*Client) GetJobs 

func (c *Client) GetJobs(ctx context.Context, params *GetJobsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobsOutput, error)

Retrieves all current job definitions.

func (*Client) GetMLTaskRun 

func (c *Client) GetMLTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *GetMLTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetMLTaskRunOutput, error)

Gets details for a specific task run on a machine learning transform. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can check the stats of any task run by calling GetMLTaskRun with the TaskRunID and its parent transform's TransformID .

func (*Client) GetMLTaskRuns 

func (c *Client) GetMLTaskRuns(ctx context.Context, params *GetMLTaskRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, error)

Gets a list of runs for a machine learning transform. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can get a sortable, filterable list of machine learning task runs by calling GetMLTaskRuns with their parent transform's TransformID and other optional parameters as documented in this section.

This operation returns a list of historic runs and must be paginated.

func (*Client) GetMLTransform 

func (c *Client) GetMLTransform(ctx context.Context, params *GetMLTransformInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetMLTransformOutput, error)

Gets an Glue machine learning transform artifact and all its corresponding metadata. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by Glue. You can retrieve their metadata by calling GetMLTransform .

func (*Client) GetMLTransforms 

func (c *Client) GetMLTransforms(ctx context.Context, params *GetMLTransformsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetMLTransformsOutput, error)

Gets a sortable, filterable list of existing Glue machine learning transforms. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by Glue, and you can retrieve their metadata by calling GetMLTransforms .

func (*Client) GetMapping 

func (c *Client) GetMapping(ctx context.Context, params *GetMappingInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetMappingOutput, error)

Creates mappings.

func (*Client) GetPartition 

func (c *Client) GetPartition(ctx context.Context, params *GetPartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPartitionOutput, error)

Retrieves information about a specified partition.

func (*Client) GetPartitionIndexes added in v0.29.0 

func (c *Client) GetPartitionIndexes(ctx context.Context, params *GetPartitionIndexesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, error)

Retrieves the partition indexes associated with a table.

func (*Client) GetPartitions 

func (c *Client) GetPartitions(ctx context.Context, params *GetPartitionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error)

Retrieves information about the partitions in a table.

func (*Client) GetPlan 

func (c *Client) GetPlan(ctx context.Context, params *GetPlanInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPlanOutput, error)

Gets code to perform a specified mapping.

func (*Client) GetRegistry added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) GetRegistry(ctx context.Context, params *GetRegistryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetRegistryOutput, error)

Describes the specified registry in detail.

func (*Client) GetResourcePolicies 

func (c *Client) GetResourcePolicies(ctx context.Context, params *GetResourcePoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, error)

Retrieves the resource policies set on individual resources by Resource Access Manager during cross-account permission grants. Also retrieves the Data Catalog resource policy.

If you enabled metadata encryption in Data Catalog settings, and you do not have permission on the KMS key, the operation can't return the Data Catalog resource policy.

func (*Client) GetResourcePolicy 

func (c *Client) GetResourcePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *GetResourcePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetResourcePolicyOutput, error)

Retrieves a specified resource policy.

func (*Client) GetSchema added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) GetSchema(ctx context.Context, params *GetSchemaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSchemaOutput, error)

Describes the specified schema in detail.

func (*Client) GetSchemaByDefinition added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) GetSchemaByDefinition(ctx context.Context, params *GetSchemaByDefinitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput, error)

Retrieves a schema by the SchemaDefinition . The schema definition is sent to the Schema Registry, canonicalized, and hashed. If the hash is matched within the scope of the SchemaName or ARN (or the default registry, if none is supplied), that schema’s metadata is returned. Otherwise, a 404 or NotFound error is returned. Schema versions in Deleted statuses will not be included in the results.

func (*Client) GetSchemaVersion added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) GetSchemaVersion(ctx context.Context, params *GetSchemaVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSchemaVersionOutput, error)

Get the specified schema by its unique ID assigned when a version of the schema is created or registered. Schema versions in Deleted status will not be included in the results.

func (*Client) GetSchemaVersionsDiff added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) GetSchemaVersionsDiff(ctx context.Context, params *GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput, error)

Fetches the schema version difference in the specified difference type between two stored schema versions in the Schema Registry.

This API allows you to compare two schema versions between two schema definitions under the same schema.

func (*Client) GetSecurityConfiguration 

func (c *Client) GetSecurityConfiguration(ctx context.Context, params *GetSecurityConfigurationInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSecurityConfigurationOutput, error)

Retrieves a specified security configuration.

func (*Client) GetSecurityConfigurations 

func (c *Client) GetSecurityConfigurations(ctx context.Context, params *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, error)

Retrieves a list of all security configurations.

func (*Client) GetSession added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) GetSession(ctx context.Context, params *GetSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSessionOutput, error)

Retrieves the session.

func (*Client) GetStatement added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) GetStatement(ctx context.Context, params *GetStatementInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetStatementOutput, error)

Retrieves the statement.

func (*Client) GetTable 

func (c *Client) GetTable(ctx context.Context, params *GetTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTableOutput, error)

Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table.

func (*Client) GetTableOptimizer added in v1.68.0 

func (c *Client) GetTableOptimizer(ctx context.Context, params *GetTableOptimizerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTableOptimizerOutput, error)

Returns the configuration of all optimizers associated with a specified table.

func (*Client) GetTableVersion 

func (c *Client) GetTableVersion(ctx context.Context, params *GetTableVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTableVersionOutput, error)

Retrieves a specified version of a table.

func (*Client) GetTableVersions 

func (c *Client) GetTableVersions(ctx context.Context, params *GetTableVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error)

Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified table.

func (*Client) GetTables 

func (c *Client) GetTables(ctx context.Context, params *GetTablesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTablesOutput, error)

Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database .

func (*Client) GetTags 

func (c *Client) GetTags(ctx context.Context, params *GetTagsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTagsOutput, error)

Retrieves a list of tags associated with a resource.

func (*Client) GetTrigger 

func (c *Client) GetTrigger(ctx context.Context, params *GetTriggerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTriggerOutput, error)

Retrieves the definition of a trigger.

func (*Client) GetTriggers 

func (c *Client) GetTriggers(ctx context.Context, params *GetTriggersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTriggersOutput, error)

Gets all the triggers associated with a job.

func (*Client) GetUnfilteredPartitionMetadata added in v1.18.0 

func (c *Client) GetUnfilteredPartitionMetadata(ctx context.Context, params *GetUnfilteredPartitionMetadataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUnfilteredPartitionMetadataOutput, error)

Retrieves partition metadata from the Data Catalog that contains unfiltered metadata.

For IAM authorization, the public IAM action associated with this API is glue:GetPartition .

func (*Client) GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadata added in v1.18.0 

func (c *Client) GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadata(ctx context.Context, params *GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataOutput, error)

Retrieves partition metadata from the Data Catalog that contains unfiltered metadata.

For IAM authorization, the public IAM action associated with this API is glue:GetPartitions .

func (*Client) GetUnfilteredTableMetadata added in v1.18.0 

func (c *Client) GetUnfilteredTableMetadata(ctx context.Context, params *GetUnfilteredTableMetadataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUnfilteredTableMetadataOutput, error)

Allows a third-party analytical engine to retrieve unfiltered table metadata from the Data Catalog.

For IAM authorization, the public IAM action associated with this API is glue:GetTable .

func (*Client) GetUserDefinedFunction 

func (c *Client) GetUserDefinedFunction(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserDefinedFunctionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) GetUserDefinedFunctions 

func (c *Client) GetUserDefinedFunctions(ctx context.Context, params *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error)

Retrieves multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) GetWorkflow 

func (c *Client) GetWorkflow(ctx context.Context, params *GetWorkflowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetWorkflowOutput, error)

Retrieves resource metadata for a workflow.

func (*Client) GetWorkflowRun 

func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRun(ctx context.Context, params *GetWorkflowRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetWorkflowRunOutput, error)

Retrieves the metadata for a given workflow run.

func (*Client) GetWorkflowRunProperties 

func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRunProperties(ctx context.Context, params *GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error)

Retrieves the workflow run properties which were set during the run.

func (*Client) GetWorkflowRuns 

func (c *Client) GetWorkflowRuns(ctx context.Context, params *GetWorkflowRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, error)

Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given workflow.

func (*Client) ImportCatalogToGlue 

func (c *Client) ImportCatalogToGlue(ctx context.Context, params *ImportCatalogToGlueInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ImportCatalogToGlueOutput, error)

Imports an existing Amazon Athena Data Catalog to Glue.

func (*Client) ListBlueprints added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) ListBlueprints(ctx context.Context, params *ListBlueprintsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListBlueprintsOutput, error)

Lists all the blueprint names in an account.

func (*Client) ListColumnStatisticsTaskRuns added in v1.69.0 

func (c *Client) ListColumnStatisticsTaskRuns(ctx context.Context, params *ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput, error)

List all task runs for a particular account.

func (*Client) ListCrawlers 

func (c *Client) ListCrawlers(ctx context.Context, params *ListCrawlersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListCrawlersOutput, error)

Retrieves the names of all crawler resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.

func (*Client) ListCrawls added in v1.26.0 

func (c *Client) ListCrawls(ctx context.Context, params *ListCrawlsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListCrawlsOutput, error)

Returns all the crawls of a specified crawler. Returns only the crawls that have occurred since the launch date of the crawler history feature, and only retains up to 12 months of crawls. Older crawls will not be returned.

You may use this API to:

  • Retrive all the crawls of a specified crawler.

  • Retrieve all the crawls of a specified crawler within a limited count.

  • Retrieve all the crawls of a specified crawler in a specific time range.

  • Retrieve all the crawls of a specified crawler with a particular state, crawl ID, or DPU hour value.

func (*Client) ListCustomEntityTypes added in v1.24.0 

func (c *Client) ListCustomEntityTypes(ctx context.Context, params *ListCustomEntityTypesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListCustomEntityTypesOutput, error)

Lists all the custom patterns that have been created.

func (*Client) ListDataQualityResults added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) ListDataQualityResults(ctx context.Context, params *ListDataQualityResultsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityResultsOutput, error)

Returns all data quality execution results for your account.

func (*Client) ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRuns added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRuns(ctx context.Context, params *ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsOutput, error)

Lists the recommendation runs meeting the filter criteria.

func (*Client) ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRuns added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRuns(ctx context.Context, params *ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsOutput, error)

Lists all the runs meeting the filter criteria, where a ruleset is evaluated against a data source.

func (*Client) ListDataQualityRulesets added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) ListDataQualityRulesets(ctx context.Context, params *ListDataQualityRulesetsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRulesetsOutput, error)

Returns a paginated list of rulesets for the specified list of Glue tables.

func (*Client) ListDevEndpoints 

func (c *Client) ListDevEndpoints(ctx context.Context, params *ListDevEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDevEndpointsOutput, error)

Retrieves the names of all DevEndpoint resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.

func (*Client) ListJobs 

func (c *Client) ListJobs(ctx context.Context, params *ListJobsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListJobsOutput, error)

Retrieves the names of all job resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.

func (*Client) ListMLTransforms 

func (c *Client) ListMLTransforms(ctx context.Context, params *ListMLTransformsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMLTransformsOutput, error)
Retrieves a sortable, filterable list of existing Glue machine learning

transforms in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter of the responses so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tag filtering, only resources with the tags are retrieved.

func (*Client) ListRegistries added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) ListRegistries(ctx context.Context, params *ListRegistriesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRegistriesOutput, error)

Returns a list of registries that you have created, with minimal registry information. Registries in the Deleting status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no registries available.

func (*Client) ListSchemaVersions added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) ListSchemaVersions(ctx context.Context, params *ListSchemaVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, error)

Returns a list of schema versions that you have created, with minimal information. Schema versions in Deleted status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no schema versions available.

func (*Client) ListSchemas added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) ListSchemas(ctx context.Context, params *ListSchemasInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSchemasOutput, error)

Returns a list of schemas with minimal details. Schemas in Deleting status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no schemas available.

When the RegistryId is not provided, all the schemas across registries will be part of the API response.

func (*Client) ListSessions added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) ListSessions(ctx context.Context, params *ListSessionsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSessionsOutput, error)

Retrieve a list of sessions.

func (*Client) ListStatements added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) ListStatements(ctx context.Context, params *ListStatementsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListStatementsOutput, error)

Lists statements for the session.

func (*Client) ListTableOptimizerRuns added in v1.68.0 

func (c *Client) ListTableOptimizerRuns(ctx context.Context, params *ListTableOptimizerRunsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTableOptimizerRunsOutput, error)

Lists the history of previous optimizer runs for a specific table.

func (*Client) ListTriggers 

func (c *Client) ListTriggers(ctx context.Context, params *ListTriggersInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTriggersOutput, error)

Retrieves the names of all trigger resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter on the response so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tags filtering, only resources with the tag are retrieved.

func (*Client) ListWorkflows 

func (c *Client) ListWorkflows(ctx context.Context, params *ListWorkflowsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListWorkflowsOutput, error)

Lists names of workflows created in the account.

func (*Client) Options added in v1.71.0 

func (c *Client) Options() Options

Options returns a copy of the client configuration.

Callers SHOULD NOT perform mutations on any inner structures within client config. Config overrides should instead be made on a per-operation basis through functional options.

func (*Client) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings 

func (c *Client) PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettings(ctx context.Context, params *PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput, error)

Sets the security configuration for a specified catalog. After the configuration has been set, the specified encryption is applied to every catalog write thereafter.

func (*Client) PutResourcePolicy 

func (c *Client) PutResourcePolicy(ctx context.Context, params *PutResourcePolicyInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutResourcePolicyOutput, error)

Sets the Data Catalog resource policy for access control.

func (*Client) PutSchemaVersionMetadata added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) PutSchemaVersionMetadata(ctx context.Context, params *PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

Puts the metadata key value pair for a specified schema version ID. A maximum of 10 key value pairs will be allowed per schema version. They can be added over one or more calls.

func (*Client) PutWorkflowRunProperties 

func (c *Client) PutWorkflowRunProperties(ctx context.Context, params *PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput, error)

Puts the specified workflow run properties for the given workflow run. If a property already exists for the specified run, then it overrides the value otherwise adds the property to existing properties.

func (*Client) QuerySchemaVersionMetadata added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) QuerySchemaVersionMetadata(ctx context.Context, params *QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

Queries for the schema version metadata information.

func (*Client) RegisterSchemaVersion added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) RegisterSchemaVersion(ctx context.Context, params *RegisterSchemaVersionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RegisterSchemaVersionOutput, error)

Adds a new version to the existing schema. Returns an error if new version of schema does not meet the compatibility requirements of the schema set. This API will not create a new schema set and will return a 404 error if the schema set is not already present in the Schema Registry.

If this is the first schema definition to be registered in the Schema Registry, this API will store the schema version and return immediately. Otherwise, this call has the potential to run longer than other operations due to compatibility modes. You can call the GetSchemaVersion API with the SchemaVersionId to check compatibility modes.

If the same schema definition is already stored in Schema Registry as a version, the schema ID of the existing schema is returned to the caller.

func (*Client) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) RemoveSchemaVersionMetadata(ctx context.Context, params *RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput, error)

Removes a key value pair from the schema version metadata for the specified schema version ID.

func (*Client) ResetJobBookmark 

func (c *Client) ResetJobBookmark(ctx context.Context, params *ResetJobBookmarkInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResetJobBookmarkOutput, error)

Resets a bookmark entry.

For more information about enabling and using job bookmarks, see:

Tracking processed data using job bookmarks

Job parameters used by Glue

Job structure

func (*Client) ResumeWorkflowRun 

func (c *Client) ResumeWorkflowRun(ctx context.Context, params *ResumeWorkflowRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ResumeWorkflowRunOutput, error)

Restarts selected nodes of a previous partially completed workflow run and resumes the workflow run. The selected nodes and all nodes that are downstream from the selected nodes are run.

func (*Client) RunStatement added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) RunStatement(ctx context.Context, params *RunStatementInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*RunStatementOutput, error)

Executes the statement.

func (*Client) SearchTables 

func (c *Client) SearchTables(ctx context.Context, params *SearchTablesInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SearchTablesOutput, error)

Searches a set of tables based on properties in the table metadata as well as on the parent database. You can search against text or filter conditions.

You can only get tables that you have access to based on the security policies defined in Lake Formation. You need at least a read-only access to the table for it to be returned. If you do not have access to all the columns in the table, these columns will not be searched against when returning the list of tables back to you. If you have access to the columns but not the data in the columns, those columns and the associated metadata for those columns will be included in the search.

func (*Client) StartBlueprintRun added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) StartBlueprintRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartBlueprintRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartBlueprintRunOutput, error)

Starts a new run of the specified blueprint.

func (*Client) StartColumnStatisticsTaskRun added in v1.69.0 

func (c *Client) StartColumnStatisticsTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput, error)

Starts a column statistics task run, for a specified table and columns.

func (*Client) StartCrawler 

func (c *Client) StartCrawler(ctx context.Context, params *StartCrawlerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartCrawlerOutput, error)

Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled. If the crawler is already running, returns a CrawlerRunningException.

func (*Client) StartCrawlerSchedule 

func (c *Client) StartCrawlerSchedule(ctx context.Context, params *StartCrawlerScheduleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED , unless the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED .

func (*Client) StartDataQualityRuleRecommendationRun added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) StartDataQualityRuleRecommendationRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput, error)

Starts a recommendation run that is used to generate rules when you don't know what rules to write. Glue Data Quality analyzes the data and comes up with recommendations for a potential ruleset. You can then triage the ruleset and modify the generated ruleset to your liking.

Recommendation runs are automatically deleted after 90 days.

func (*Client) StartDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRun added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) StartDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput, error)

Once you have a ruleset definition (either recommended or your own), you call this operation to evaluate the ruleset against a data source (Glue table). The evaluation computes results which you can retrieve with the GetDataQualityResult API.

func (*Client) StartExportLabelsTaskRun 

func (c *Client) StartExportLabelsTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error)

Begins an asynchronous task to export all labeled data for a particular transform. This task is the only label-related API call that is not part of the typical active learning workflow. You typically use StartExportLabelsTaskRun when you want to work with all of your existing labels at the same time, such as when you want to remove or change labels that were previously submitted as truth. This API operation accepts the TransformId whose labels you want to export and an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path to export the labels to. The operation returns a TaskRunId . You can check on the status of your task run by calling the GetMLTaskRun API.

func (*Client) StartImportLabelsTaskRun 

func (c *Client) StartImportLabelsTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput, error)

Enables you to provide additional labels (examples of truth) to be used to teach the machine learning transform and improve its quality. This API operation is generally used as part of the active learning workflow that starts with the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun call and that ultimately results in improving the quality of your machine learning transform.

After the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun finishes, Glue machine learning will have generated a series of questions for humans to answer. (Answering these questions is often called 'labeling' in the machine learning workflows). In the case of the FindMatches transform, these questions are of the form, “What is the correct way to group these rows together into groups composed entirely of matching records?” After the labeling process is finished, users upload their answers/labels with a call to StartImportLabelsTaskRun . After StartImportLabelsTaskRun finishes, all future runs of the machine learning transform use the new and improved labels and perform a higher-quality transformation.

By default, StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun continually learns from and combines all labels that you upload unless you set Replace to true. If you set Replace to true, StartImportLabelsTaskRun deletes and forgets all previously uploaded labels and learns only from the exact set that you upload. Replacing labels can be helpful if you realize that you previously uploaded incorrect labels, and you believe that they are having a negative effect on your transform quality.

You can check on the status of your task run by calling the GetMLTaskRun operation.

func (*Client) StartJobRun 

func (c *Client) StartJobRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartJobRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartJobRunOutput, error)

Starts a job run using a job definition.

func (*Client) StartMLEvaluationTaskRun 

func (c *Client) StartMLEvaluationTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput, error)

Starts a task to estimate the quality of the transform.

When you provide label sets as examples of truth, Glue machine learning uses some of those examples to learn from them. The rest of the labels are used as a test to estimate quality.

Returns a unique identifier for the run. You can call GetMLTaskRun to get more information about the stats of the EvaluationTaskRun .

func (*Client) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun 

func (c *Client) StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput, error)

Starts the active learning workflow for your machine learning transform to improve the transform's quality by generating label sets and adding labels.

When the StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRun finishes, Glue will have generated a "labeling set" or a set of questions for humans to answer.

In the case of the FindMatches transform, these questions are of the form, “What is the correct way to group these rows together into groups composed entirely of matching records?”

After the labeling process is finished, you can upload your labels with a call to StartImportLabelsTaskRun . After StartImportLabelsTaskRun finishes, all future runs of the machine learning transform will use the new and improved labels and perform a higher-quality transformation.

func (*Client) StartTrigger 

func (c *Client) StartTrigger(ctx context.Context, params *StartTriggerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartTriggerOutput, error)

Starts an existing trigger. See Triggering Jobs for information about how different types of trigger are started.

func (*Client) StartWorkflowRun 

func (c *Client) StartWorkflowRun(ctx context.Context, params *StartWorkflowRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StartWorkflowRunOutput, error)

Starts a new run of the specified workflow.

func (*Client) StopColumnStatisticsTaskRun added in v1.69.0 

func (c *Client) StopColumnStatisticsTaskRun(ctx context.Context, params *StopColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput, error)

Stops a task run for the specified table.

func (*Client) StopCrawler 

func (c *Client) StopCrawler(ctx context.Context, params *StopCrawlerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopCrawlerOutput, error)

If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl.

func (*Client) StopCrawlerSchedule 

func (c *Client) StopCrawlerSchedule(ctx context.Context, params *StopCrawlerScheduleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED , but does not stop the crawler if it is already running.

func (*Client) StopSession added in v1.22.0 

func (c *Client) StopSession(ctx context.Context, params *StopSessionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopSessionOutput, error)

Stops the session.

func (*Client) StopTrigger 

func (c *Client) StopTrigger(ctx context.Context, params *StopTriggerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopTriggerOutput, error)

Stops a specified trigger.

func (*Client) StopWorkflowRun 

func (c *Client) StopWorkflowRun(ctx context.Context, params *StopWorkflowRunInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*StopWorkflowRunOutput, error)

Stops the execution of the specified workflow run.

func (*Client) TagResource 

func (c *Client) TagResource(ctx context.Context, params *TagResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*TagResourceOutput, error)

Adds tags to a resource. A tag is a label you can assign to an Amazon Web Services resource. In Glue, you can tag only certain resources. For information about what resources you can tag, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue.

func (*Client) UntagResource 

func (c *Client) UntagResource(ctx context.Context, params *UntagResourceInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UntagResourceOutput, error)

Removes tags from a resource.

func (*Client) UpdateBlueprint added in v1.11.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateBlueprint(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateBlueprintInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateBlueprintOutput, error)

Updates a registered blueprint.

func (*Client) UpdateClassifier 

func (c *Client) UpdateClassifier(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateClassifierInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateClassifierOutput, error)

Modifies an existing classifier (a GrokClassifier , an XMLClassifier , a JsonClassifier , or a CsvClassifier , depending on which field is present).

func (*Client) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition 

func (c *Client) UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartition(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput, error)

Creates or updates partition statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is UpdatePartition .

func (*Client) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable 

func (c *Client) UpdateColumnStatisticsForTable(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput, error)

Creates or updates table statistics of columns.

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) permission required for this operation is UpdateTable .

func (*Client) UpdateConnection 

func (c *Client) UpdateConnection(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateConnectionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateConnectionOutput, error)

Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) UpdateCrawler 

func (c *Client) UpdateCrawler(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateCrawlerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateCrawlerOutput, error)

Updates a crawler. If a crawler is running, you must stop it using StopCrawler before updating it.

func (*Client) UpdateCrawlerSchedule 

func (c *Client) UpdateCrawlerSchedule(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput, error)

Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression.

func (*Client) UpdateDataQualityRuleset added in v1.37.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateDataQualityRuleset(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateDataQualityRulesetInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateDataQualityRulesetOutput, error)

Updates the specified data quality ruleset.

func (*Client) UpdateDatabase 

func (c *Client) UpdateDatabase(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateDatabaseInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateDatabaseOutput, error)

Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog.

func (*Client) UpdateDevEndpoint 

func (c *Client) UpdateDevEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateDevEndpointInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateDevEndpointOutput, error)

Updates a specified development endpoint.

func (*Client) UpdateJob 

func (c *Client) UpdateJob(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateJobInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateJobOutput, error)

Updates an existing job definition. The previous job definition is completely overwritten by this information.

func (*Client) UpdateJobFromSourceControl added in v1.33.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateJobFromSourceControl(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateJobFromSourceControlInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateJobFromSourceControlOutput, error)

Synchronizes a job from the source control repository. This operation takes the job artifacts that are located in the remote repository and updates the Glue internal stores with these artifacts.

This API supports optional parameters which take in the repository information.

func (*Client) UpdateMLTransform 

func (c *Client) UpdateMLTransform(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateMLTransformInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateMLTransformOutput, error)

Updates an existing machine learning transform. Call this operation to tune the algorithm parameters to achieve better results.

After calling this operation, you can call the StartMLEvaluationTaskRun operation to assess how well your new parameters achieved your goals (such as improving the quality of your machine learning transform, or making it more cost-effective).

func (*Client) UpdatePartition 

func (c *Client) UpdatePartition(ctx context.Context, params *UpdatePartitionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdatePartitionOutput, error)

Updates a partition.

func (*Client) UpdateRegistry added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateRegistry(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateRegistryInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateRegistryOutput, error)

Updates an existing registry which is used to hold a collection of schemas. The updated properties relate to the registry, and do not modify any of the schemas within the registry.

func (*Client) UpdateSchema added in v0.30.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateSchema(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSchemaInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSchemaOutput, error)

Updates the description, compatibility setting, or version checkpoint for a schema set.

For updating the compatibility setting, the call will not validate compatibility for the entire set of schema versions with the new compatibility setting. If the value for Compatibility is provided, the VersionNumber (a checkpoint) is also required. The API will validate the checkpoint version number for consistency.

If the value for the VersionNumber (checkpoint) is provided, Compatibility is optional and this can be used to set/reset a checkpoint for the schema.

This update will happen only if the schema is in the AVAILABLE state.

func (*Client) UpdateSourceControlFromJob added in v1.33.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateSourceControlFromJob(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateSourceControlFromJobInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateSourceControlFromJobOutput, error)

Synchronizes a job to the source control repository. This operation takes the job artifacts from the Glue internal stores and makes a commit to the remote repository that is configured on the job.

This API supports optional parameters which take in the repository information.

func (*Client) UpdateTable 

func (c *Client) UpdateTable(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateTableInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateTableOutput, error)

Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) UpdateTableOptimizer added in v1.68.0 

func (c *Client) UpdateTableOptimizer(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateTableOptimizerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateTableOptimizerOutput, error)

Updates the configuration for an existing table optimizer.

func (*Client) UpdateTrigger 

func (c *Client) UpdateTrigger(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateTriggerInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateTriggerOutput, error)

Updates a trigger definition.

func (*Client) UpdateUserDefinedFunction 

func (c *Client) UpdateUserDefinedFunction(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput, error)

Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog.

func (*Client) UpdateWorkflow 

func (c *Client) UpdateWorkflow(ctx context.Context, params *UpdateWorkflowInput, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*UpdateWorkflowOutput, error)

Updates an existing workflow.

type CreateBlueprintInput added in v1.11.0 

type CreateBlueprintInput struct {

	// Specifies a path in Amazon S3 where the blueprint is published.
	//
	// This member is required.
	BlueprintLocation *string

	// The name of the blueprint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A description of the blueprint.
	Description *string

	// The tags to be applied to this blueprint.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateBlueprintOutput added in v1.11.0 

type CreateBlueprintOutput struct {

	// Returns the name of the blueprint that was registered.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClassifierInput 

type CreateClassifierInput struct {

	// A CsvClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	CsvClassifier *types.CreateCsvClassifierRequest

	// A GrokClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	GrokClassifier *types.CreateGrokClassifierRequest

	// A JsonClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	JsonClassifier *types.CreateJsonClassifierRequest

	// An XMLClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.
	XMLClassifier *types.CreateXMLClassifierRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateClassifierOutput 

type CreateClassifierOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateConnectionInput 

type CreateConnectionInput struct {

	// A ConnectionInput object defining the connection to create.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionInput *types.ConnectionInput

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the connection. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The tags you assign to the connection.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateConnectionOutput 

type CreateConnectionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCrawlerInput 

type CreateCrawlerInput struct {

	// Name of the new crawler.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role used by the new
	// crawler to access customer resources.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// A list of collection of targets to crawl.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Targets *types.CrawlerTargets

	// A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all
	// built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers
	// always override the default classifiers for a given classification.
	Classifiers []string

	// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users to
	// specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see [Setting crawler configuration options].
	//
	// [Setting crawler configuration options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html
	Configuration *string

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.
	CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string

	// The Glue database where results are written, such as:
	// arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/* .
	DatabaseName *string

	// A description of the new crawler.
	Description *string

	// Specifies Lake Formation configuration settings for the crawler.
	LakeFormationConfiguration *types.LakeFormationConfiguration

	// Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.
	LineageConfiguration *types.LineageConfiguration

	// A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to crawl
	// only folders that were added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlPolicy *types.RecrawlPolicy

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see [Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers]. For example, to run
	// something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: cron(15 12 * * ? *) .
	//
	// [Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html
	Schedule *string

	// The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.
	SchemaChangePolicy *types.SchemaChangePolicy

	// The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.
	TablePrefix *string

	// The tags to use with this crawler request. You may use tags to limit access to
	// the crawler. For more information about tags in Glue, see [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]in the developer
	// guide.
	//
	// [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCrawlerOutput 

type CreateCrawlerOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCustomEntityTypeInput added in v1.24.0 

type CreateCustomEntityTypeInput struct {

	// A name for the custom pattern that allows it to be retrieved or deleted later.
	// This name must be unique per Amazon Web Services account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A regular expression string that is used for detecting sensitive data in a
	// custom pattern.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RegexString *string

	// A list of context words. If none of these context words are found within the
	// vicinity of the regular expression the data will not be detected as sensitive
	// data.
	//
	// If no context words are passed only a regular expression is checked.
	ContextWords []string

	// A list of tags applied to the custom entity type.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateCustomEntityTypeOutput added in v1.24.0 

type CreateCustomEntityTypeOutput struct {

	// The name of the custom pattern you created.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDataQualityRulesetInput added in v1.37.0 

type CreateDataQualityRulesetInput struct {

	// A unique name for the data quality ruleset.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A Data Quality Definition Language (DQDL) ruleset. For more information, see
	// the Glue developer guide.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Ruleset *string

	// Used for idempotency and is recommended to be set to a random ID (such as a
	// UUID) to avoid creating or starting multiple instances of the same resource.
	ClientToken *string

	// A description of the data quality ruleset.
	Description *string

	// A list of tags applied to the data quality ruleset.
	Tags map[string]string

	// A target table associated with the data quality ruleset.
	TargetTable *types.DataQualityTargetTable
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDataQualityRulesetOutput added in v1.37.0 

type CreateDataQualityRulesetOutput struct {

	// A unique name for the data quality ruleset.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDatabaseInput 

type CreateDatabaseInput struct {

	// The metadata for the database.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseInput *types.DatabaseInput

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the database. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The tags you assign to the database.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDatabaseOutput 

type CreateDatabaseOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDevEndpointInput 

type CreateDevEndpointInput struct {

	// The name to be assigned to the new DevEndpoint .
	//
	// This member is required.
	EndpointName *string

	// The IAM role for the DevEndpoint .
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleArn *string

	// A map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint .
	Arguments map[string]string

	// The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint .
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon S3 bucket that should be
	// loaded in your DevEndpoint . Multiple values must be complete paths separated by
	// a comma.
	//
	// You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint . Libraries that rely
	// on C extensions, such as the [pandas]Python data analysis library, are not yet
	// supported.
	//
	// [pandas]: http://pandas.pydata.org/
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that Glue
	// supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running your
	// ETL scripts on development endpoints.
	//
	// For more information about the available Glue versions and corresponding Spark
	// and Python versions, see [Glue version]in the developer guide.
	//
	// Development endpoints that are created without specifying a Glue version
	// default to Glue 0.9.
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by using
	// the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint APIs. If
	// no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	//
	// [Glue version]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html
	GlueVersion *string

	// The number of Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) to allocate to this DevEndpoint .
	NumberOfNodes int32

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the
	// development endpoint.
	//
	// The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X , and 149 for G.2X
	// .
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. This
	// attribute is provided for backward compatibility because the recommended
	// attribute to use is public keys.
	PublicKey *string

	// A list of public keys to be used by the development endpoints for
	// authentication. The use of this attribute is preferred over a single public key
	// because the public keys allow you to have a different private key per client.
	//
	// If you previously created an endpoint with a public key, you must remove that
	// key to be able to set a list of public keys. Call the UpdateDevEndpoint API
	// with the public key content in the deletePublicKeys attribute, and the list of
	// new keys in the addPublicKeys attribute.
	PublicKeys []string

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this DevEndpoint
	// .
	SecurityConfiguration *string

	// Security group IDs for the security groups to be used by the new DevEndpoint .
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// The subnet ID for the new DevEndpoint to use.
	SubnetId *string

	// The tags to use with this DevEndpoint. You may use tags to limit access to the
	// DevEndpoint. For more information about tags in Glue, see [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]in the developer
	// guide.
	//
	// [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html
	Tags map[string]string

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint.
	// Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//   - For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//   and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//   - For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of
	//   memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this
	//   worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of
	//   memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this
	//   worker type for memory-intensive jobs.
	//
	// Known issue: when a development endpoint is created with the G.2X WorkerType
	// configuration, the Spark drivers for the development endpoint will run on 4
	// vCPU, 16 GB of memory, and a 64 GB disk.
	WorkerType types.WorkerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateDevEndpointOutput 

type CreateDevEndpointOutput struct {

	// The map of arguments used to configure this DevEndpoint .
	//
	// Valid arguments are:
	//
	//   - "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by using
	// the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint APIs. If
	// no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	Arguments map[string]string

	// The Amazon Web Services Availability Zone where this DevEndpoint is located.
	AvailabilityZone *string

	// The point in time at which this DevEndpoint was created.
	CreatedTimestamp *time.Time

	// The name assigned to the new DevEndpoint .
	EndpointName *string

	// Path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that will be loaded in your
	// DevEndpoint .
	ExtraJarsS3Path *string

	// The paths to one or more Python libraries in an S3 bucket that will be loaded
	// in your DevEndpoint .
	ExtraPythonLibsS3Path *string

	// The reason for a current failure in this DevEndpoint .
	FailureReason *string

	// Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that Glue
	// supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running your
	// ETL scripts on development endpoints.
	//
	// For more information about the available Glue versions and corresponding Spark
	// and Python versions, see [Glue version]in the developer guide.
	//
	// [Glue version]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html
	GlueVersion *string

	// The number of Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) allocated to this DevEndpoint.
	NumberOfNodes int32

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the
	// development endpoint.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assigned to the new DevEndpoint .
	RoleArn *string

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure being used with this DevEndpoint
	// .
	SecurityConfiguration *string

	// The security groups assigned to the new DevEndpoint .
	SecurityGroupIds []string

	// The current status of the new DevEndpoint .
	Status *string

	// The subnet ID assigned to the new DevEndpoint .
	SubnetId *string

	// The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) used by this DevEndpoint .
	VpcId *string

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint.
	// May be a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	WorkerType types.WorkerType

	// The address of the YARN endpoint used by this DevEndpoint .
	YarnEndpointAddress *string

	// The Apache Zeppelin port for the remote Apache Spark interpreter.
	ZeppelinRemoteSparkInterpreterPort int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateJobInput 

type CreateJobInput struct {

	// The JobCommand that runs this job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Command *types.JobCommand

	// The name you assign to this job definition. It must be unique in your account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// This parameter is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this Job. You
	// can allocate a minimum of 2 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative measure
	// of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of
	// memory. For more information, see the [Glue pricing page].
	//
	// [Glue pricing page]: https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity int32

	// The representation of a directed acyclic graph on which both the Glue Studio
	// visual component and Glue Studio code generation is based.
	CodeGenConfigurationNodes map[string]types.CodeGenConfigurationNode

	// The connections used for this job.
	Connections *types.ConnectionsList

	// The default arguments for every run of this job, specified as name-value pairs.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, as
	// well as arguments that Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// Job arguments may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as arguments.
	// Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Secrets Manager or other secret
	// management mechanism if you intend to keep them within the Job.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, see
	// the [Calling Glue APIs in Python]topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when
	// configuring Spark jobs, see the [Special Parameters Used by Glue]topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when
	// configuring Ray jobs, see [Using job parameters in Ray jobs]in the developer guide.
	//
	// [Using job parameters in Ray jobs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/author-job-ray-job-parameters.html
	// [Calling Glue APIs in Python]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html
	// [Special Parameters Used by Glue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html
	DefaultArguments map[string]string

	// Description of the job being defined.
	Description *string

	// Indicates whether the job is run with a standard or flexible execution class.
	// The standard execution-class is ideal for time-sensitive workloads that require
	// fast job startup and dedicated resources.
	//
	// The flexible execution class is appropriate for time-insensitive jobs whose
	// start and completion times may vary.
	//
	// Only jobs with Glue version 3.0 and above and command type glueetl will be
	// allowed to set ExecutionClass to FLEX . The flexible execution class is
	// available for Spark jobs.
	ExecutionClass types.ExecutionClass

	// An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed
	// for this job.
	ExecutionProperty *types.ExecutionProperty

	// In Spark jobs, GlueVersion determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python
	// that Glue available in a job. The Python version indicates the version supported
	// for jobs of type Spark.
	//
	// Ray jobs should set GlueVersion to 4.0 or greater. However, the versions of
	// Ray, Python and additional libraries available in your Ray job are determined by
	// the Runtime parameter of the Job command.
	//
	// For more information about the available Glue versions and corresponding Spark
	// and Python versions, see [Glue version]in the developer guide.
	//
	// Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.
	//
	// [Glue version]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/add-job.html
	GlueVersion *string

	// This field is reserved for future use.
	LogUri *string

	// For Glue version 1.0 or earlier jobs, using the standard worker type, the
	// number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated when this job
	// runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs
	// of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the [Glue pricing page].
	//
	// For Glue version 2.0+ jobs, you cannot specify a Maximum capacity . Instead, you
	// should specify a Worker type and the Number of workers .
	//
	// Do not set MaxCapacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers .
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job, an Apache Spark ETL job, or an Apache Spark
	// streaming ETL job:
	//
	//   - When you specify a Python shell job ( JobCommand.Name ="pythonshell"), you
	//   can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//   - When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job ( JobCommand.Name ="glueetl") or
	//   Apache Spark streaming ETL job ( JobCommand.Name ="gluestreaming"), you can
	//   allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type cannot have a
	//   fractional DPU allocation.
	//
	// [Glue pricing page]: https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/
	MaxCapacity *float64

	// The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails.
	MaxRetries int32

	// Arguments for this job that are not overridden when providing job arguments in
	// a job run, specified as name-value pairs.
	NonOverridableArguments map[string]string

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.
	NotificationProperty *types.NotificationProperty

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job.
	SecurityConfiguration *string

	// The details for a source control configuration for a job, allowing
	// synchronization of job artifacts to or from a remote repository.
	SourceControlDetails *types.SourceControlDetails

	// The tags to use with this job. You may use tags to limit access to the job. For
	// more information about tags in Glue, see [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]in the developer guide.
	//
	// [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html
	Tags map[string]string

	// The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume
	// resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is
	// 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts a
	// value of G.1X, G.2X, G.4X, G.8X or G.025X for Spark jobs. Accepts the value Z.2X
	// for Ray jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPUs, 16 GB of
	//   memory) with 84GB disk (approximately 34GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms,
	//   joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most
	//   jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPUs, 32 GB of
	//   memory) with 128GB disk (approximately 77GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms,
	//   joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most
	//   jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.4X worker type, each worker maps to 4 DPU (16 vCPUs, 64 GB of
	//   memory) with 256GB disk (approximately 235GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most
	//   demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is
	//   available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs in the following
	//   Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (Ohio), US East (N. Virginia), US West
	//   (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo),
	//   Canada (Central), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm).
	//
	//   - For the G.8X worker type, each worker maps to 8 DPU (32 vCPUs, 128 GB of
	//   memory) with 512GB disk (approximately 487GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most
	//   demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is
	//   available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs, in the same Amazon
	//   Web Services Regions as supported for the G.4X worker type.
	//
	//   - For the G.025X worker type, each worker maps to 0.25 DPU (2 vCPUs, 4 GB of
	//   memory) with 84GB disk (approximately 34GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for low volume streaming jobs. This worker
	//   type is only available for Glue version 3.0 streaming jobs.
	//
	//   - For the Z.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 M-DPU (8vCPUs, 64 GB of
	//   memory) with 128 GB disk (approximately 120GB free), and provides up to 8 Ray
	//   workers based on the autoscaler.
	WorkerType types.WorkerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateJobOutput 

type CreateJobOutput struct {

	// The unique name that was provided for this job definition.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateMLTransformInput 

type CreateMLTransformInput struct {

	// A list of Glue table definitions used by the transform.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InputRecordTables []types.GlueTable

	// The unique name that you give the transform when you create it.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The algorithmic parameters that are specific to the transform type used.
	// Conditionally dependent on the transform type.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Parameters *types.TransformParameters

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions. The required permissions include both Glue service role permissions
	// to Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by the transform.
	//
	//   - This role needs Glue service role permissions to allow access to resources
	//   in Glue. See [Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access Glue].
	//
	//   - This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon
	//   S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries used by
	//   the task run for this transform.
	//
	// [Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access Glue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/attach-policy-iam-user.html
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// A description of the machine learning transform that is being defined. The
	// default is an empty string.
	Description *string

	// This value determines which version of Glue this machine learning transform is
	// compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value is not
	// set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, see [Glue Versions]in
	// the developer guide.
	//
	// [Glue Versions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions
	GlueVersion *string

	// The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to task runs
	// for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A
	// DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of
	// compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the [Glue pricing page].
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType .
	//
	//   - If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot be
	//   set.
	//
	//   - If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can be set.
	//
	//   - If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//   - MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard , the
	// MaxCapacity field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard , the
	// MaxCapacity field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	//
	// [Glue pricing page]: https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/
	MaxCapacity *float64

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task run
	// fails.
	MaxRetries *int32

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this task
	// runs.
	//
	// If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The tags to use with this machine learning transform. You may use tags to limit
	// access to the machine learning transform. For more information about tags in
	// Glue, see [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]in the developer guide.
	//
	// [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html
	Tags map[string]string

	// The timeout of the task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32

	// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing user
	// data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in Amazon S3
	// using KMS.
	TransformEncryption *types.TransformEncryption

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts a
	// value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//   - For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//   and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//   - For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory and a
	//   64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//   - For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory and a
	//   128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	// MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType .
	//
	//   - If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot be
	//   set.
	//
	//   - If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can be set.
	//
	//   - If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).
	//
	//   - MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.
	WorkerType types.WorkerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateMLTransformOutput 

type CreateMLTransformOutput struct {

	// A unique identifier that is generated for the transform.
	TransformId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePartitionIndexInput added in v0.31.0 

type CreatePartitionIndexInput struct {

	// Specifies the name of a database in which you want to create a partition index.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// Specifies a PartitionIndex structure to create a partition index in an existing
	// table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionIndex *types.PartitionIndex

	// Specifies the name of a table in which you want to create a partition index.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePartitionIndexOutput added in v0.31.0 

type CreatePartitionIndexOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePartitionInput 

type CreatePartitionInput struct {

	// The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A PartitionInput structure defining the partition to be created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionInput *types.PartitionInput

	// The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The Amazon Web Services account ID of the catalog in which the partition is to
	// be created.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreatePartitionOutput 

type CreatePartitionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRegistryInput added in v0.30.0 

type CreateRegistryInput struct {

	// Name of the registry to be created of max length of 255, and may only contain
	// letters, numbers, hyphen, underscore, dollar sign, or hash mark. No whitespace.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RegistryName *string

	// A description of the registry. If description is not provided, there will not
	// be any default value for this.
	Description *string

	// Amazon Web Services tags that contain a key value pair and may be searched by
	// console, command line, or API.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateRegistryOutput added in v0.30.0 

type CreateRegistryOutput struct {

	// A description of the registry.
	Description *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the newly created registry.
	RegistryArn *string

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string

	// The tags for the registry.
	Tags map[string]string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSchemaInput added in v0.30.0 

type CreateSchemaInput struct {

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently AVRO , JSON and PROTOBUF
	// are supported.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataFormat types.DataFormat

	// Name of the schema to be created of max length of 255, and may only contain
	// letters, numbers, hyphen, underscore, dollar sign, or hash mark. No whitespace.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaName *string

	// The compatibility mode of the schema. The possible values are:
	//
	//   - NONE: No compatibility mode applies. You can use this choice in development
	//   scenarios or if you do not know the compatibility mode that you want to apply to
	//   schemas. Any new version added will be accepted without undergoing a
	//   compatibility check.
	//
	//   - DISABLED: This compatibility choice prevents versioning for a particular
	//   schema. You can use this choice to prevent future versioning of a schema.
	//
	//   - BACKWARD: This compatibility choice is recommended as it allows data
	//   receivers to read both the current and one previous schema version. This means
	//   that for instance, a new schema version cannot drop data fields or change the
	//   type of these fields, so they can't be read by readers using the previous
	//   version.
	//
	//   - BACKWARD_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read both
	//   the current and all previous schema versions. You can use this choice when you
	//   need to delete fields or add optional fields, and check compatibility against
	//   all previous schema versions.
	//
	//   - FORWARD: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read both the
	//   current and one next schema version, but not necessarily later versions. You can
	//   use this choice when you need to add fields or delete optional fields, but only
	//   check compatibility against the last schema version.
	//
	//   - FORWARD_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read
	//   written by producers of any new registered schema. You can use this choice when
	//   you need to add fields or delete optional fields, and check compatibility
	//   against all previous schema versions.
	//
	//   - FULL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read data written
	//   by producers using the previous or next version of the schema, but not
	//   necessarily earlier or later versions. You can use this choice when you need to
	//   add or remove optional fields, but only check compatibility against the last
	//   schema version.
	//
	//   - FULL_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read data
	//   written by producers using all previous schema versions. You can use this choice
	//   when you need to add or remove optional fields, and check compatibility against
	//   all previous schema versions.
	Compatibility types.Compatibility

	// An optional description of the schema. If description is not provided, there
	// will not be any automatic default value for this.
	Description *string

	//  This is a wrapper shape to contain the registry identity fields. If this is
	// not provided, the default registry will be used. The ARN format for the same
	// will be: arn:aws:glue:us-east-2::registry/default-registry:random-5-letter-id .
	RegistryId *types.RegistryId

	// The schema definition using the DataFormat setting for SchemaName .
	SchemaDefinition *string

	// Amazon Web Services tags that contain a key value pair and may be searched by
	// console, command line, or API. If specified, follows the Amazon Web Services
	// tags-on-create pattern.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSchemaOutput added in v0.30.0 

type CreateSchemaOutput struct {

	// The schema compatibility mode.
	Compatibility types.Compatibility

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently AVRO , JSON and PROTOBUF
	// are supported.
	DataFormat types.DataFormat

	// A description of the schema if specified when created.
	Description *string

	// The latest version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	LatestSchemaVersion *int64

	// The next version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	NextSchemaVersion *int64

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string

	// The version number of the checkpoint (the last time the compatibility mode was
	// changed).
	SchemaCheckpoint *int64

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string

	// The status of the schema.
	SchemaStatus types.SchemaStatus

	// The unique identifier of the first schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The status of the first schema version created.
	SchemaVersionStatus types.SchemaVersionStatus

	// The tags for the schema.
	Tags map[string]string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateScriptInput 

type CreateScriptInput struct {

	// A list of the edges in the DAG.
	DagEdges []types.CodeGenEdge

	// A list of the nodes in the DAG.
	DagNodes []types.CodeGenNode

	// The programming language of the resulting code from the DAG.
	Language types.Language
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateScriptOutput 

type CreateScriptOutput struct {

	// The Python script generated from the DAG.
	PythonScript *string

	// The Scala code generated from the DAG.
	ScalaCode *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput 

type CreateSecurityConfigurationInput struct {

	// The encryption configuration for the new security configuration.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EncryptionConfiguration *types.EncryptionConfiguration

	// The name for the new security configuration.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput 

type CreateSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {

	// The time at which the new security configuration was created.
	CreatedTimestamp *time.Time

	// The name assigned to the new security configuration.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateSessionInput added in v1.22.0 

type CreateSessionInput struct {

	// The SessionCommand that runs the job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Command *types.SessionCommand

	// The ID of the session request.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// The IAM Role ARN
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// The number of connections to use for the session.
	Connections *types.ConnectionsList

	// A map array of key-value pairs. Max is 75 pairs.
	DefaultArguments map[string]string

	// The description of the session.
	Description *string

	// The Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that Glue
	// supports. The GlueVersion must be greater than 2.0.
	GlueVersion *string

	//  The number of minutes when idle before session times out. Default for Spark
	// ETL jobs is value of Timeout. Consult the documentation for other job types.
	IdleTimeout *int32

	// The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated when the
	// job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4
	// vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB memory.
	MaxCapacity *float64

	// The number of workers of a defined WorkerType to use for the session.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The origin of the request.
	RequestOrigin *string

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with the session
	SecurityConfiguration *string

	// The map of key value pairs (tags) belonging to the session.
	Tags map[string]string

	//  The number of minutes before session times out. Default for Spark ETL jobs is
	// 48 hours (2880 minutes), the maximum session lifetime for this job type. Consult
	// the documentation for other job types.
	Timeout *int32

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts a
	// value of G.1X, G.2X, G.4X, or G.8X for Spark jobs. Accepts the value Z.2X for
	// Ray notebooks.
	//
	//   - For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPUs, 16 GB of
	//   memory) with 84GB disk (approximately 34GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms,
	//   joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most
	//   jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPUs, 32 GB of
	//   memory) with 128GB disk (approximately 77GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms,
	//   joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most
	//   jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.4X worker type, each worker maps to 4 DPU (16 vCPUs, 64 GB of
	//   memory) with 256GB disk (approximately 235GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most
	//   demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is
	//   available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs in the following
	//   Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (Ohio), US East (N. Virginia), US West
	//   (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo),
	//   Canada (Central), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm).
	//
	//   - For the G.8X worker type, each worker maps to 8 DPU (32 vCPUs, 128 GB of
	//   memory) with 512GB disk (approximately 487GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most
	//   demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is
	//   available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs, in the same Amazon
	//   Web Services Regions as supported for the G.4X worker type.
	//
	//   - For the Z.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 M-DPU (8vCPUs, 64 GB of
	//   memory) with 128 GB disk (approximately 120GB free), and provides up to 8 Ray
	//   workers based on the autoscaler.
	WorkerType types.WorkerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Request to create a new session.

type CreateSessionOutput added in v1.22.0 

type CreateSessionOutput struct {

	// Returns the session object in the response.
	Session *types.Session

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTableInput 

type CreateTableInput struct {

	// The catalog database in which to create the new table. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The TableInput object that defines the metadata table to create in the catalog.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableInput *types.TableInput

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the Table . If none is supplied,
	// the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// Specifies an OpenTableFormatInput structure when creating an open format table.
	OpenTableFormatInput *types.OpenTableFormatInput

	// A list of partition indexes, PartitionIndex structures, to create in the table.
	PartitionIndexes []types.PartitionIndex

	// The ID of the transaction.
	TransactionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTableOptimizerInput added in v1.68.0 

type CreateTableOptimizerInput struct {

	// The Catalog ID of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// A TableOptimizerConfiguration object representing the configuration of a table
	// optimizer.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableOptimizerConfiguration *types.TableOptimizerConfiguration

	// The type of table optimizer. Currently, the only valid value is compaction .
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type types.TableOptimizerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTableOptimizerOutput added in v1.68.0 

type CreateTableOptimizerOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTableOutput 

type CreateTableOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTriggerInput 

type CreateTriggerInput struct {

	// The actions initiated by this trigger when it fires.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Actions []types.Action

	// The name of the trigger.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The type of the new trigger.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type types.TriggerType

	// A description of the new trigger.
	Description *string

	// Batch condition that must be met (specified number of events received or batch
	// time window expired) before EventBridge event trigger fires.
	EventBatchingCondition *types.EventBatchingCondition

	// A predicate to specify when the new trigger should fire.
	//
	// This field is required when the trigger type is CONDITIONAL .
	Predicate *types.Predicate

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see [Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers]. For example, to run
	// something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: cron(15 12 * * ? *) .
	//
	// This field is required when the trigger type is SCHEDULED.
	//
	// [Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html
	Schedule *string

	// Set to true to start SCHEDULED and CONDITIONAL triggers when created. True is
	// not supported for ON_DEMAND triggers.
	StartOnCreation bool

	// The tags to use with this trigger. You may use tags to limit access to the
	// trigger. For more information about tags in Glue, see [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]in the developer guide.
	//
	// [Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-tags.html
	Tags map[string]string

	// The name of the workflow associated with the trigger.
	WorkflowName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateTriggerOutput 

type CreateTriggerOutput struct {

	// The name of the trigger.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput 

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database in which to create the function.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A FunctionInput object that defines the function to create in the Data Catalog.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FunctionInput *types.UserDefinedFunctionInput

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the function. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput 

type CreateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateWorkflowInput 

type CreateWorkflowInput struct {

	// The name to be assigned to the workflow. It should be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.
	DefaultRunProperties map[string]string

	// A description of the workflow.
	Description *string

	// You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data, to
	// control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number of
	// concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter blank,
	// there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int32

	// The tags to be used with this workflow.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type CreateWorkflowOutput 

type CreateWorkflowOutput struct {

	// The name of the workflow which was provided as part of the request.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteBlueprintInput added in v1.11.0 

type DeleteBlueprintInput struct {

	// The name of the blueprint to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteBlueprintOutput added in v1.11.0 

type DeleteBlueprintOutput struct {

	// Returns the name of the blueprint that was deleted.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClassifierInput 

type DeleteClassifierInput struct {

	// Name of the classifier to remove.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteClassifierOutput 

type DeleteClassifierOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput 

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {

	// Name of the column.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ColumnName *string

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionValues []string

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput 

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput 

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {

	// The name of the column.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ColumnName *string

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput 

type DeleteColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteConnectionInput 

type DeleteConnectionInput struct {

	// The name of the connection to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteConnectionOutput 

type DeleteConnectionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteCrawlerInput 

type DeleteCrawlerInput struct {

	// The name of the crawler to remove.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteCrawlerOutput 

type DeleteCrawlerOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteCustomEntityTypeInput added in v1.24.0 

type DeleteCustomEntityTypeInput struct {

	// The name of the custom pattern that you want to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteCustomEntityTypeOutput added in v1.24.0 

type DeleteCustomEntityTypeOutput struct {

	// The name of the custom pattern you deleted.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteDataQualityRulesetInput added in v1.37.0 

type DeleteDataQualityRulesetInput struct {

	// A name for the data quality ruleset.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteDataQualityRulesetOutput added in v1.37.0 

type DeleteDataQualityRulesetOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteDatabaseInput 

type DeleteDatabaseInput struct {

	// The name of the database to delete. For Hive compatibility, this must be all
	// lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided,
	// the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteDatabaseOutput 

type DeleteDatabaseOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteDevEndpointInput 

type DeleteDevEndpointInput struct {

	// The name of the DevEndpoint .
	//
	// This member is required.
	EndpointName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteDevEndpointOutput 

type DeleteDevEndpointOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteJobInput 

type DeleteJobInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteJobOutput 

type DeleteJobOutput struct {

	// The name of the job definition that was deleted.
	JobName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteMLTransformInput 

type DeleteMLTransformInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the transform to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteMLTransformOutput 

type DeleteMLTransformOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the transform that was deleted.
	TransformId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePartitionIndexInput added in v0.31.0 

type DeletePartitionIndexInput struct {

	// Specifies the name of a database from which you want to delete a partition
	// index.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partition index to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	IndexName *string

	// Specifies the name of a table from which you want to delete a partition index.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePartitionIndexOutput added in v0.31.0 

type DeletePartitionIndexOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePartitionInput 

type DeletePartitionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The values that define the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionValues []string

	// The name of the table that contains the partition to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If none
	// is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeletePartitionOutput 

type DeletePartitionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRegistryInput added in v0.30.0 

type DeleteRegistryInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// This member is required.
	RegistryId *types.RegistryId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteRegistryOutput added in v0.30.0 

type DeleteRegistryOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry being deleted.
	RegistryArn *string

	// The name of the registry being deleted.
	RegistryName *string

	// The status of the registry. A successful operation will return the Deleting
	// status.
	Status types.RegistryStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteResourcePolicyInput 

type DeleteResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// The hash value returned when this policy was set.
	PolicyHashCondition *string

	// The ARN of the Glue resource for the resource policy to be deleted.
	ResourceArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput 

type DeleteResourcePolicyOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSchemaInput added in v0.30.0 

type DeleteSchemaInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSchemaOutput added in v0.30.0 

type DeleteSchemaOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema being deleted.
	SchemaArn *string

	// The name of the schema being deleted.
	SchemaName *string

	// The status of the schema.
	Status types.SchemaStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSchemaVersionsInput added in v0.30.0 

type DeleteSchemaVersionsInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId

	// A version range may be supplied which may be of the format:
	//
	//   - a single version number, 5
	//
	//   - a range, 5-8 : deletes versions 5, 6, 7, 8
	//
	// This member is required.
	Versions *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput added in v0.30.0 

type DeleteSchemaVersionsOutput struct {

	// A list of SchemaVersionErrorItem objects, each containing an error and schema
	// version.
	SchemaVersionErrors []types.SchemaVersionErrorItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput 

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the security configuration to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput 

type DeleteSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSessionInput added in v1.22.0 

type DeleteSessionInput struct {

	// The ID of the session to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// The name of the origin of the delete session request.
	RequestOrigin *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteSessionOutput added in v1.22.0 

type DeleteSessionOutput struct {

	// Returns the ID of the deleted session.
	Id *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTableInput 

type DeleteTableInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive
	// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table to be deleted. For Hive compatibility, this name is
	// entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The transaction ID at which to delete the table contents.
	TransactionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTableOptimizerInput added in v1.68.0 

type DeleteTableOptimizerInput struct {

	// The Catalog ID of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The type of table optimizer.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type types.TableOptimizerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTableOptimizerOutput added in v1.68.0 

type DeleteTableOptimizerOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTableOutput 

type DeleteTableOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTableVersionInput 

type DeleteTableVersionInput struct {

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the table version to be deleted. A VersionID is a string
	// representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	//
	// This member is required.
	VersionId *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTableVersionOutput 

type DeleteTableVersionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTriggerInput 

type DeleteTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to delete.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteTriggerOutput 

type DeleteTriggerOutput struct {

	// The name of the trigger that was deleted.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput 

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database where the function is located.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the function definition to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FunctionName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be deleted is located. If none
	// is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput 

type DeleteUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteWorkflowInput 

type DeleteWorkflowInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow to be deleted.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type DeleteWorkflowOutput 

type DeleteWorkflowOutput struct {

	// Name of the workflow specified in input.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type EndpointParameters added in v1.59.0 

type EndpointParameters struct {
	// The AWS region used to dispatch the request.
	//
	// Parameter is
	// required.
	//
	// AWS::Region
	Region *string

	// When true, use the dual-stack endpoint. If the configured endpoint does not
	// support dual-stack, dispatching the request MAY return an error.
	//
	// Defaults to
	// false if no value is provided.
	//
	// AWS::UseDualStack
	UseDualStack *bool

	// When true, send this request to the FIPS-compliant regional endpoint. If the
	// configured endpoint does not have a FIPS compliant endpoint, dispatching the
	// request will return an error.
	//
	// Defaults to false if no value is
	// provided.
	//
	// AWS::UseFIPS
	UseFIPS *bool

	// Override the endpoint used to send this request
	//
	// Parameter is
	// required.
	//
	// SDK::Endpoint
	Endpoint *string
}

EndpointParameters provides the parameters that influence how endpoints are resolved.

func (EndpointParameters) ValidateRequired added in v1.59.0 

func (p EndpointParameters) ValidateRequired() error

ValidateRequired validates required parameters are set.

func (EndpointParameters) WithDefaults added in v1.59.0 

func (p EndpointParameters) WithDefaults() EndpointParameters

WithDefaults returns a shallow copy of EndpointParameterswith default values applied to members where applicable.

type EndpointResolver 

type EndpointResolver interface {
	ResolveEndpoint(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)
}

EndpointResolver interface for resolving service endpoints.

func EndpointResolverFromURL added in v1.1.0 

func EndpointResolverFromURL(url string, optFns ...func(*aws.Endpoint)) EndpointResolver

EndpointResolverFromURL returns an EndpointResolver configured using the provided endpoint url. By default, the resolved endpoint resolver uses the client region as signing region, and the endpoint source is set to EndpointSourceCustom.You can provide functional options to configure endpoint values for the resolved endpoint.

type EndpointResolverFunc 

type EndpointResolverFunc func(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (aws.Endpoint, error)

EndpointResolverFunc is a helper utility that wraps a function so it satisfies the EndpointResolver interface. This is useful when you want to add additional endpoint resolving logic, or stub out specific endpoints with custom values.

func (EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint 

func (fn EndpointResolverFunc) ResolveEndpoint(region string, options EndpointResolverOptions) (endpoint aws.Endpoint, err error)

type EndpointResolverOptions added in v0.29.0 

type EndpointResolverOptions = internalendpoints.Options

EndpointResolverOptions is the service endpoint resolver options

type EndpointResolverV2 added in v1.59.0 

type EndpointResolverV2 interface {
	// ResolveEndpoint attempts to resolve the endpoint with the provided options,
	// returning the endpoint if found. Otherwise an error is returned.
	ResolveEndpoint(ctx context.Context, params EndpointParameters) (
		smithyendpoints.Endpoint, error,
	)
}

EndpointResolverV2 provides the interface for resolving service endpoints.

func NewDefaultEndpointResolverV2 added in v1.59.0 

func NewDefaultEndpointResolverV2() EndpointResolverV2

type GetBlueprintInput added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintInput struct {

	// The name of the blueprint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Specifies whether or not to include the blueprint in the response.
	IncludeBlueprint *bool

	// Specifies whether or not to include the parameter specification.
	IncludeParameterSpec *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetBlueprintOutput added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintOutput struct {

	// Returns a Blueprint object.
	Blueprint *types.Blueprint

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetBlueprintRunInput added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintRunInput struct {

	// The name of the blueprint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	BlueprintName *string

	// The run ID for the blueprint run you want to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetBlueprintRunOutput added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintRunOutput struct {

	// Returns a BlueprintRun object.
	BlueprintRun *types.BlueprintRun

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetBlueprintRunsAPIClient added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintRunsAPIClient interface {
	GetBlueprintRuns(context.Context, *GetBlueprintRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetBlueprintRunsOutput, error)
}

GetBlueprintRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetBlueprintRuns operation.

type GetBlueprintRunsInput added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintRunsInput struct {

	// The name of the blueprint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	BlueprintName *string

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetBlueprintRunsOutput added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintRunsOutput struct {

	// Returns a list of BlueprintRun objects.
	BlueprintRuns []types.BlueprintRun

	// A continuation token, if not all blueprint runs have been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetBlueprintRunsPaginator added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetBlueprintRunsPaginator is a paginator for GetBlueprintRuns

func NewGetBlueprintRunsPaginator added in v1.11.0 

func NewGetBlueprintRunsPaginator(client GetBlueprintRunsAPIClient, params *GetBlueprintRunsInput, optFns ...func(*GetBlueprintRunsPaginatorOptions)) *GetBlueprintRunsPaginator

NewGetBlueprintRunsPaginator returns a new GetBlueprintRunsPaginator

func (*GetBlueprintRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.11.0 

func (p *GetBlueprintRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetBlueprintRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.11.0 

func (p *GetBlueprintRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetBlueprintRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetBlueprintRuns page.

type GetBlueprintRunsPaginatorOptions added in v1.11.0 

type GetBlueprintRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetBlueprintRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetBlueprintRuns

type GetCatalogImportStatusInput 

type GetCatalogImportStatusInput struct {

	// The ID of the catalog to migrate. Currently, this should be the Amazon Web
	// Services account ID.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput 

type GetCatalogImportStatusOutput struct {

	// The status of the specified catalog migration.
	ImportStatus *types.CatalogImportStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetClassifierInput 

type GetClassifierInput struct {

	// Name of the classifier to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetClassifierOutput 

type GetClassifierOutput struct {

	// The requested classifier.
	Classifier *types.Classifier

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetClassifiersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetClassifiersAPIClient interface {
	GetClassifiers(context.Context, *GetClassifiersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error)
}

GetClassifiersAPIClient is a client that implements the GetClassifiers operation.

type GetClassifiersInput 

type GetClassifiersInput struct {

	// The size of the list to return (optional).
	MaxResults *int32

	// An optional continuation token.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetClassifiersOutput 

type GetClassifiersOutput struct {

	// The requested list of classifier objects.
	Classifiers []types.Classifier

	// A continuation token.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetClassifiersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetClassifiersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetClassifiersPaginator is a paginator for GetClassifiers

func NewGetClassifiersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetClassifiersPaginator(client GetClassifiersAPIClient, params *GetClassifiersInput, optFns ...func(*GetClassifiersPaginatorOptions)) *GetClassifiersPaginator

NewGetClassifiersPaginator returns a new GetClassifiersPaginator

func (*GetClassifiersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetClassifiersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetClassifiersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetClassifiersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetClassifiersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetClassifiers page.

type GetClassifiersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetClassifiersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The size of the list to return (optional).
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetClassifiersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetClassifiers

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput 

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {

	// A list of the column names.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ColumnNames []string

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionValues []string

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput 

type GetColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {

	// List of ColumnStatistics that failed to be retrieved.
	ColumnStatisticsList []types.ColumnStatistics

	// Error occurred during retrieving column statistics data.
	Errors []types.ColumnError

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput 

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {

	// A list of the column names.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ColumnNames []string

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput 

type GetColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {

	// List of ColumnStatistics.
	ColumnStatisticsList []types.ColumnStatistics

	// List of ColumnStatistics that failed to be retrieved.
	Errors []types.ColumnError

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput added in v1.69.0 

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput struct {

	// The identifier for the particular column statistics task run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ColumnStatisticsTaskRunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput added in v1.69.0 

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput struct {

	// A ColumnStatisticsTaskRun object representing the details of the column stats
	// run.
	ColumnStatisticsTaskRun *types.ColumnStatisticsTaskRun

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsAPIClient added in v1.69.0 

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsAPIClient interface {
	GetColumnStatisticsTaskRuns(context.Context, *GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput, error)
}

GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetColumnStatisticsTaskRuns operation.

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput added in v1.69.0 

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput struct {

	// The name of the database where the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput added in v1.69.0 

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput struct {

	// A list of column statistics task runs.
	ColumnStatisticsTaskRuns []types.ColumnStatisticsTaskRun

	// A continuation token, if not all task runs have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator added in v1.69.0 

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator is a paginator for GetColumnStatisticsTaskRuns

func NewGetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator added in v1.69.0 

func NewGetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator(client GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsAPIClient, params *GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput, optFns ...func(*GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginatorOptions)) *GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator

NewGetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator returns a new GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator

func (*GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.69.0 

func (p *GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.69.0 

func (p *GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetColumnStatisticsTaskRuns page.

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginatorOptions added in v1.69.0 

type GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of the response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetColumnStatisticsTaskRuns

type GetConnectionInput 

type GetConnectionInput struct {

	// The name of the connection definition to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password.
	// For instance, the Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection, and
	// does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might not have
	// permission to use the KMS key to decrypt the password, but it does have
	// permission to access the rest of the connection properties.
	HidePassword bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetConnectionOutput 

type GetConnectionOutput struct {

	// The requested connection definition.
	Connection *types.Connection

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetConnectionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetConnectionsAPIClient interface {
	GetConnections(context.Context, *GetConnectionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error)
}

GetConnectionsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetConnections operation.

type GetConnectionsInput 

type GetConnectionsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// A filter that controls which connections are returned.
	Filter *types.GetConnectionsFilter

	// Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password.
	// For instance, the Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection, and
	// does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might not have
	// permission to use the KMS key to decrypt the password, but it does have
	// permission to access the rest of the connection properties.
	HidePassword bool

	// The maximum number of connections to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetConnectionsOutput 

type GetConnectionsOutput struct {

	// A list of requested connection definitions.
	ConnectionList []types.Connection

	// A continuation token, if the list of connections returned does not include the
	// last of the filtered connections.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetConnectionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetConnectionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetConnectionsPaginator is a paginator for GetConnections

func NewGetConnectionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetConnectionsPaginator(client GetConnectionsAPIClient, params *GetConnectionsInput, optFns ...func(*GetConnectionsPaginatorOptions)) *GetConnectionsPaginator

NewGetConnectionsPaginator returns a new GetConnectionsPaginator

func (*GetConnectionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetConnectionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetConnectionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetConnectionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetConnectionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetConnections page.

type GetConnectionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetConnectionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of connections to return in one response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetConnectionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetConnections

type GetCrawlerInput 

type GetCrawlerInput struct {

	// The name of the crawler to retrieve metadata for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCrawlerMetricsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetCrawlerMetricsAPIClient interface {
	GetCrawlerMetrics(context.Context, *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error)
}

GetCrawlerMetricsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetCrawlerMetrics operation.

type GetCrawlerMetricsInput 

type GetCrawlerMetricsInput struct {

	// A list of the names of crawlers about which to retrieve metrics.
	CrawlerNameList []string

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput 

type GetCrawlerMetricsOutput struct {

	// A list of metrics for the specified crawler.
	CrawlerMetricsList []types.CrawlerMetrics

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator is a paginator for GetCrawlerMetrics

func NewGetCrawlerMetricsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetCrawlerMetricsPaginator(client GetCrawlerMetricsAPIClient, params *GetCrawlerMetricsInput, optFns ...func(*GetCrawlerMetricsPaginatorOptions)) *GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator

NewGetCrawlerMetricsPaginator returns a new GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator

func (*GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetCrawlerMetricsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCrawlerMetricsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetCrawlerMetrics page.

type GetCrawlerMetricsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetCrawlerMetricsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetCrawlerMetricsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetCrawlerMetrics

type GetCrawlerOutput 

type GetCrawlerOutput struct {

	// The metadata for the specified crawler.
	Crawler *types.Crawler

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCrawlersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetCrawlersAPIClient interface {
	GetCrawlers(context.Context, *GetCrawlersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error)
}

GetCrawlersAPIClient is a client that implements the GetCrawlers operation.

type GetCrawlersInput 

type GetCrawlersInput struct {

	// The number of crawlers to return on each call.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCrawlersOutput 

type GetCrawlersOutput struct {

	// A list of crawler metadata.
	Crawlers []types.Crawler

	// A continuation token, if the returned list has not reached the end of those
	// defined in this customer account.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCrawlersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetCrawlersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetCrawlersPaginator is a paginator for GetCrawlers

func NewGetCrawlersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetCrawlersPaginator(client GetCrawlersAPIClient, params *GetCrawlersInput, optFns ...func(*GetCrawlersPaginatorOptions)) *GetCrawlersPaginator

NewGetCrawlersPaginator returns a new GetCrawlersPaginator

func (*GetCrawlersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetCrawlersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetCrawlersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetCrawlersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetCrawlersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetCrawlers page.

type GetCrawlersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetCrawlersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The number of crawlers to return on each call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetCrawlersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetCrawlers

type GetCustomEntityTypeInput added in v1.24.0 

type GetCustomEntityTypeInput struct {

	// The name of the custom pattern that you want to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetCustomEntityTypeOutput added in v1.24.0 

type GetCustomEntityTypeOutput struct {

	// A list of context words if specified when you created the custom pattern. If
	// none of these context words are found within the vicinity of the regular
	// expression the data will not be detected as sensitive data.
	ContextWords []string

	// The name of the custom pattern that you retrieved.
	Name *string

	// A regular expression string that is used for detecting sensitive data in a
	// custom pattern.
	RegexString *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput 

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog to retrieve the security configuration for. If none
	// is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput 

type GetDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput struct {

	// The requested security configuration.
	DataCatalogEncryptionSettings *types.DataCatalogEncryptionSettings

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataQualityResultInput added in v1.37.0 

type GetDataQualityResultInput struct {

	// A unique result ID for the data quality result.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResultId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataQualityResultOutput added in v1.37.0 

type GetDataQualityResultOutput struct {

	// A list of DataQualityAnalyzerResult objects representing the results for each
	// analyzer.
	AnalyzerResults []types.DataQualityAnalyzerResult

	// The date and time when the run for this data quality result was completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time

	// The table associated with the data quality result, if any.
	DataSource *types.DataSource

	// In the context of a job in Glue Studio, each node in the canvas is typically
	// assigned some sort of name and data quality nodes will have names. In the case
	// of multiple nodes, the evaluationContext can differentiate the nodes.
	EvaluationContext *string

	// The job name associated with the data quality result, if any.
	JobName *string

	// The job run ID associated with the data quality result, if any.
	JobRunId *string

	// A list of DataQualityObservation objects representing the observations
	// generated after evaluating the rules and analyzers.
	Observations []types.DataQualityObservation

	// A unique result ID for the data quality result.
	ResultId *string

	// A list of DataQualityRuleResult objects representing the results for each rule.
	RuleResults []types.DataQualityRuleResult

	// The unique run ID associated with the ruleset evaluation.
	RulesetEvaluationRunId *string

	// The name of the ruleset associated with the data quality result.
	RulesetName *string

	// An aggregate data quality score. Represents the ratio of rules that passed to
	// the total number of rules.
	Score *float64

	// The date and time when the run for this data quality result started.
	StartedOn *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput added in v1.37.0 

type GetDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput struct {

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput added in v1.37.0 

type GetDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput struct {

	// The date and time when this run was completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time

	// The name of the ruleset that was created by the run.
	CreatedRulesetName *string

	// The data source (an Glue table) associated with this run.
	DataSource *types.DataSource

	// The error strings that are associated with the run.
	ErrorString *string

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime int32

	// A timestamp. The last point in time when this data quality rule recommendation
	// run was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time

	// The number of G.1X workers to be used in the run. The default is 5.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// When a start rule recommendation run completes, it creates a recommended
	// ruleset (a set of rules). This member has those rules in Data Quality Definition
	// Language (DQDL) format.
	RecommendedRuleset *string

	// An IAM role supplied to encrypt the results of the run.
	Role *string

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	RunId *string

	// The date and time when this run started.
	StartedOn *time.Time

	// The status for this run.
	Status types.TaskStatusType

	// The timeout for a run in minutes. This is the maximum time that a run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput added in v1.37.0 

type GetDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput struct {

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput added in v1.37.0 

type GetDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput struct {

	// A map of reference strings to additional data sources you can specify for an
	// evaluation run.
	AdditionalDataSources map[string]types.DataSource

	// Additional run options you can specify for an evaluation run.
	AdditionalRunOptions *types.DataQualityEvaluationRunAdditionalRunOptions

	// The date and time when this run was completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time

	// The data source (an Glue table) associated with this evaluation run.
	DataSource *types.DataSource

	// The error strings that are associated with the run.
	ErrorString *string

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime int32

	// A timestamp. The last point in time when this data quality rule recommendation
	// run was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time

	// The number of G.1X workers to be used in the run. The default is 5.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// A list of result IDs for the data quality results for the run.
	ResultIds []string

	// An IAM role supplied to encrypt the results of the run.
	Role *string

	// A list of ruleset names for the run.
	RulesetNames []string

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	RunId *string

	// The date and time when this run started.
	StartedOn *time.Time

	// The status for this run.
	Status types.TaskStatusType

	// The timeout for a run in minutes. This is the maximum time that a run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataQualityRulesetInput added in v1.37.0 

type GetDataQualityRulesetInput struct {

	// The name of the ruleset.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataQualityRulesetOutput added in v1.37.0 

type GetDataQualityRulesetOutput struct {

	// A timestamp. The time and date that this data quality ruleset was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time

	// A description of the ruleset.
	Description *string

	// A timestamp. The last point in time when this data quality ruleset was modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time

	// The name of the ruleset.
	Name *string

	// When a ruleset was created from a recommendation run, this run ID is generated
	// to link the two together.
	RecommendationRunId *string

	// A Data Quality Definition Language (DQDL) ruleset. For more information, see
	// the Glue developer guide.
	Ruleset *string

	// The name and database name of the target table.
	TargetTable *types.DataQualityTargetTable

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDatabaseInput 

type GetDatabaseInput struct {

	// The name of the database to retrieve. For Hive compatibility, this should be
	// all lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided,
	// the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDatabaseOutput 

type GetDatabaseOutput struct {

	// The definition of the specified database in the Data Catalog.
	Database *types.Database

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDatabasesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetDatabasesAPIClient interface {
	GetDatabases(context.Context, *GetDatabasesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error)
}

GetDatabasesAPIClient is a client that implements the GetDatabases operation.

type GetDatabasesInput 

type GetDatabasesInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog from which to retrieve Databases . If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The maximum number of databases to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string

	// Allows you to specify that you want to list the databases shared with your
	// account. The allowable values are FEDERATED , FOREIGN or ALL .
	//
	//   - If set to FEDERATED , will list the federated databases (referencing an
	//   external entity) shared with your account.
	//
	//   - If set to FOREIGN , will list the databases shared with your account.
	//
	//   - If set to ALL , will list the databases shared with your account, as well as
	//   the databases in yor local account.
	ResourceShareType types.ResourceShareType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDatabasesOutput 

type GetDatabasesOutput struct {

	// A list of Database objects from the specified catalog.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseList []types.Database

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned if
	// the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDatabasesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetDatabasesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetDatabasesPaginator is a paginator for GetDatabases

func NewGetDatabasesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetDatabasesPaginator(client GetDatabasesAPIClient, params *GetDatabasesInput, optFns ...func(*GetDatabasesPaginatorOptions)) *GetDatabasesPaginator

NewGetDatabasesPaginator returns a new GetDatabasesPaginator

func (*GetDatabasesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetDatabasesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetDatabasesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetDatabasesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDatabasesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetDatabases page.

type GetDatabasesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetDatabasesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of databases to return in one response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetDatabasesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetDatabases

type GetDataflowGraphInput 

type GetDataflowGraphInput struct {

	// The Python script to transform.
	PythonScript *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDataflowGraphOutput 

type GetDataflowGraphOutput struct {

	// A list of the edges in the resulting DAG.
	DagEdges []types.CodeGenEdge

	// A list of the nodes in the resulting DAG.
	DagNodes []types.CodeGenNode

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDevEndpointInput 

type GetDevEndpointInput struct {

	// Name of the DevEndpoint to retrieve information for.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EndpointName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDevEndpointOutput 

type GetDevEndpointOutput struct {

	// A DevEndpoint definition.
	DevEndpoint *types.DevEndpoint

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDevEndpointsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetDevEndpointsAPIClient interface {
	GetDevEndpoints(context.Context, *GetDevEndpointsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error)
}

GetDevEndpointsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetDevEndpoints operation.

type GetDevEndpointsInput 

type GetDevEndpointsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of information to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDevEndpointsOutput 

type GetDevEndpointsOutput struct {

	// A list of DevEndpoint definitions.
	DevEndpoints []types.DevEndpoint

	// A continuation token, if not all DevEndpoint definitions have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetDevEndpointsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetDevEndpointsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetDevEndpointsPaginator is a paginator for GetDevEndpoints

func NewGetDevEndpointsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetDevEndpointsPaginator(client GetDevEndpointsAPIClient, params *GetDevEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*GetDevEndpointsPaginatorOptions)) *GetDevEndpointsPaginator

NewGetDevEndpointsPaginator returns a new GetDevEndpointsPaginator

func (*GetDevEndpointsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetDevEndpointsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetDevEndpointsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetDevEndpointsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetDevEndpointsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetDevEndpoints page.

type GetDevEndpointsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetDevEndpointsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of information to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetDevEndpointsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetDevEndpoints

type GetJobBookmarkInput 

type GetJobBookmarkInput struct {

	// The name of the job in question.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string

	// The unique run identifier associated with this job run.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobBookmarkOutput 

type GetJobBookmarkOutput struct {

	// A structure that defines a point that a job can resume processing.
	JobBookmarkEntry *types.JobBookmarkEntry

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobInput 

type GetJobInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobOutput 

type GetJobOutput struct {

	// The requested job definition.
	Job *types.Job

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobRunInput 

type GetJobRunInput struct {

	// Name of the job definition being run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string

	// The ID of the job run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string

	// True if a list of predecessor runs should be returned.
	PredecessorsIncluded bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobRunOutput 

type GetJobRunOutput struct {

	// The requested job-run metadata.
	JobRun *types.JobRun

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobRunsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetJobRunsAPIClient interface {
	GetJobRuns(context.Context, *GetJobRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error)
}

GetJobRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetJobRuns operation.

type GetJobRunsInput 

type GetJobRunsInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition for which to retrieve all job runs.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobRunsOutput 

type GetJobRunsOutput struct {

	// A list of job-run metadata objects.
	JobRuns []types.JobRun

	// A continuation token, if not all requested job runs have been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobRunsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetJobRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetJobRunsPaginator is a paginator for GetJobRuns

func NewGetJobRunsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetJobRunsPaginator(client GetJobRunsAPIClient, params *GetJobRunsInput, optFns ...func(*GetJobRunsPaginatorOptions)) *GetJobRunsPaginator

NewGetJobRunsPaginator returns a new GetJobRunsPaginator

func (*GetJobRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetJobRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetJobRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetJobRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetJobRuns page.

type GetJobRunsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetJobRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of the response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetJobRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetJobRuns

type GetJobsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetJobsAPIClient interface {
	GetJobs(context.Context, *GetJobsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobsOutput, error)
}

GetJobsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetJobs operation.

type GetJobsInput 

type GetJobsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobsOutput 

type GetJobsOutput struct {

	// A list of job definitions.
	Jobs []types.Job

	// A continuation token, if not all job definitions have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetJobsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetJobsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetJobsPaginator is a paginator for GetJobs

func NewGetJobsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetJobsPaginator(client GetJobsAPIClient, params *GetJobsInput, optFns ...func(*GetJobsPaginatorOptions)) *GetJobsPaginator

NewGetJobsPaginator returns a new GetJobsPaginator

func (*GetJobsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetJobsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetJobsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetJobsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetJobsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetJobs page.

type GetJobsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetJobsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of the response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetJobsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetJobs

type GetMLTaskRunInput 

type GetMLTaskRunInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the task run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TaskRunId *string

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMLTaskRunOutput 

type GetMLTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The date and time when this task run was completed.
	CompletedOn *time.Time

	// The error strings that are associated with the task run.
	ErrorString *string

	// The amount of time (in seconds) that the task run consumed resources.
	ExecutionTime int32

	// The date and time when this task run was last modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time

	// The names of the log groups that are associated with the task run.
	LogGroupName *string

	// The list of properties that are associated with the task run.
	Properties *types.TaskRunProperties

	// The date and time when this task run started.
	StartedOn *time.Time

	// The status for this task run.
	Status types.TaskStatusType

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	TaskRunId *string

	// The unique identifier of the task run.
	TransformId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMLTaskRunsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetMLTaskRunsAPIClient interface {
	GetMLTaskRuns(context.Context, *GetMLTaskRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, error)
}

GetMLTaskRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetMLTaskRuns operation.

type GetMLTaskRunsInput 

type GetMLTaskRunsInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string

	// The filter criteria, in the TaskRunFilterCriteria structure, for the task run.
	Filter *types.TaskRunFilterCriteria

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A token for pagination of the results. The default is empty.
	NextToken *string

	// The sorting criteria, in the TaskRunSortCriteria structure, for the task run.
	Sort *types.TaskRunSortCriteria
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMLTaskRunsOutput 

type GetMLTaskRunsOutput struct {

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of task runs that are associated with the transform.
	TaskRuns []types.TaskRun

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMLTaskRunsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetMLTaskRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetMLTaskRunsPaginator is a paginator for GetMLTaskRuns

func NewGetMLTaskRunsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetMLTaskRunsPaginator(client GetMLTaskRunsAPIClient, params *GetMLTaskRunsInput, optFns ...func(*GetMLTaskRunsPaginatorOptions)) *GetMLTaskRunsPaginator

NewGetMLTaskRunsPaginator returns a new GetMLTaskRunsPaginator

func (*GetMLTaskRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetMLTaskRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetMLTaskRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetMLTaskRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetMLTaskRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetMLTaskRuns page.

type GetMLTaskRunsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetMLTaskRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetMLTaskRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetMLTaskRuns

type GetMLTransformInput 

type GetMLTransformInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the
	// transform was created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMLTransformOutput 

type GetMLTransformOutput struct {

	// The date and time when the transform was created.
	CreatedOn *time.Time

	// A description of the transform.
	Description *string

	// The latest evaluation metrics.
	EvaluationMetrics *types.EvaluationMetrics

	// This value determines which version of Glue this machine learning transform is
	// compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value is not
	// set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, see [Glue Versions]in
	// the developer guide.
	//
	// [Glue Versions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions
	GlueVersion *string

	// A list of Glue table definitions used by the transform.
	InputRecordTables []types.GlueTable

	// The number of labels available for this transform.
	LabelCount int32

	// The date and time when the transform was last modified.
	LastModifiedOn *time.Time

	// The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to task runs
	// for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A
	// DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of
	// compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the [Glue pricing page].
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard , the
	// MaxCapacity field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	//
	// [Glue pricing page]: https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/
	MaxCapacity *float64

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task run
	// fails.
	MaxRetries *int32

	// The unique name given to the transform when it was created.
	Name *string

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this task
	// runs.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The configuration parameters that are specific to the algorithm used.
	Parameters *types.TransformParameters

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions.
	Role *string

	// The Map object that represents the schema that this transform accepts. Has an
	// upper bound of 100 columns.
	Schema []types.SchemaColumn

	// The last known status of the transform (to indicate whether it can be used or
	// not). One of "NOT_READY", "READY", or "DELETING".
	Status types.TransformStatusType

	// The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32

	// The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing user
	// data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in Amazon S3
	// using KMS.
	TransformEncryption *types.TransformEncryption

	// The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the
	// transform was created.
	TransformId *string

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts a
	// value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//   - For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//   and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//   - For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory and a
	//   64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//   - For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory and a
	//   128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType types.WorkerType

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMLTransformsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetMLTransformsAPIClient interface {
	GetMLTransforms(context.Context, *GetMLTransformsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetMLTransformsOutput, error)
}

GetMLTransformsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetMLTransforms operation.

type GetMLTransformsInput 

type GetMLTransformsInput struct {

	// The filter transformation criteria.
	Filter *types.TransformFilterCriteria

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A paginated token to offset the results.
	NextToken *string

	// The sorting criteria.
	Sort *types.TransformSortCriteria
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMLTransformsOutput 

type GetMLTransformsOutput struct {

	// A list of machine learning transforms.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Transforms []types.MLTransform

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMLTransformsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetMLTransformsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetMLTransformsPaginator is a paginator for GetMLTransforms

func NewGetMLTransformsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetMLTransformsPaginator(client GetMLTransformsAPIClient, params *GetMLTransformsInput, optFns ...func(*GetMLTransformsPaginatorOptions)) *GetMLTransformsPaginator

NewGetMLTransformsPaginator returns a new GetMLTransformsPaginator

func (*GetMLTransformsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetMLTransformsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetMLTransformsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetMLTransformsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetMLTransformsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetMLTransforms page.

type GetMLTransformsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetMLTransformsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetMLTransformsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetMLTransforms

type GetMappingInput 

type GetMappingInput struct {

	// Specifies the source table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Source *types.CatalogEntry

	// Parameters for the mapping.
	Location *types.Location

	// A list of target tables.
	Sinks []types.CatalogEntry
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetMappingOutput 

type GetMappingOutput struct {

	// A list of mappings to the specified targets.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Mapping []types.MappingEntry

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPartitionIndexesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetPartitionIndexesAPIClient interface {
	GetPartitionIndexes(context.Context, *GetPartitionIndexesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, error)
}

GetPartitionIndexesAPIClient is a client that implements the GetPartitionIndexes operation.

type GetPartitionIndexesInput added in v0.29.0 

type GetPartitionIndexesInput struct {

	// Specifies the name of a database from which you want to retrieve partition
	// indexes.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// Specifies the name of a table for which you want to retrieve the partition
	// indexes.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	CatalogId *string

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPartitionIndexesOutput added in v0.29.0 

type GetPartitionIndexesOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of index descriptors.
	PartitionIndexDescriptorList []types.PartitionIndexDescriptor

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPartitionIndexesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetPartitionIndexesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetPartitionIndexesPaginator is a paginator for GetPartitionIndexes

func NewGetPartitionIndexesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetPartitionIndexesPaginator(client GetPartitionIndexesAPIClient, params *GetPartitionIndexesInput, optFns ...func(*GetPartitionIndexesPaginatorOptions)) *GetPartitionIndexesPaginator

NewGetPartitionIndexesPaginator returns a new GetPartitionIndexesPaginator

func (*GetPartitionIndexesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetPartitionIndexesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetPartitionIndexesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetPartitionIndexesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPartitionIndexesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetPartitionIndexes page.

type GetPartitionIndexesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetPartitionIndexesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetPartitionIndexesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetPartitionIndexes

type GetPartitionInput 

type GetPartitionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database where the partition resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The values that define the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionValues []string

	// The name of the partition's table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition in question resides. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPartitionOutput 

type GetPartitionOutput struct {

	// The requested information, in the form of a Partition object.
	Partition *types.Partition

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPartitionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetPartitionsAPIClient interface {
	GetPartitions(context.Context, *GetPartitionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error)
}

GetPartitionsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetPartitions operation.

type GetPartitionsInput 

type GetPartitionsInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// When true, specifies not returning the partition column schema. Useful when you
	// are interested only in other partition attributes such as partition values or
	// location. This approach avoids the problem of a large response by not returning
	// duplicate data.
	ExcludeColumnSchema *bool

	// An expression that filters the partitions to be returned.
	//
	// The expression uses SQL syntax similar to the SQL WHERE filter clause. The SQL
	// statement parser [JSQLParser]parses the expression.
	//
	// Operators: The following are the operators that you can use in the Expression
	// API call:
	//
	// = Checks whether the values of the two operands are equal; if yes, then the
	// condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: Assume 'variable a' holds 10 and 'variable b' holds 20.
	//
	// (a = b) is not true.
	//
	// < > Checks whether the values of two operands are equal; if the values are not
	// equal, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a < > b) is true.
	//
	// > Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than the value of the
	// right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a > b) is not true.
	//
	// < Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than the value of the
	// right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a < b) is true.
	//
	// >= Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than or equal to the
	// value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a >= b) is not true.
	//
	// <= Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than or equal to the
	// value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a <= b) is true.
	//
	// AND, OR, IN, BETWEEN, LIKE, NOT, IS NULL Logical operators.
	//
	// Supported Partition Key Types: The following are the supported partition keys.
	//
	//   - string
	//
	//   - date
	//
	//   - timestamp
	//
	//   - int
	//
	//   - bigint
	//
	//   - long
	//
	//   - tinyint
	//
	//   - smallint
	//
	//   - decimal
	//
	// If an type is encountered that is not valid, an exception is thrown.
	//
	// The following list shows the valid operators on each type. When you define a
	// crawler, the partitionKey type is created as a STRING , to be compatible with
	// the catalog partitions.
	//
	// Sample API Call:
	//
	// [JSQLParser]: http://jsqlparser.sourceforge.net/home.php
	Expression *string

	// The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these
	// partitions.
	NextToken *string

	// The time as of when to read the partition contents. If not set, the most recent
	// transaction commit time will be used. Cannot be specified along with
	// TransactionId .
	QueryAsOfTime *time.Time

	// The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request.
	Segment *types.Segment

	// The transaction ID at which to read the partition contents.
	TransactionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPartitionsOutput 

type GetPartitionsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the returned list of partitions does not include the
	// last one.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of requested partitions.
	Partitions []types.Partition

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPartitionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetPartitionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetPartitionsPaginator is a paginator for GetPartitions

func NewGetPartitionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetPartitionsPaginator(client GetPartitionsAPIClient, params *GetPartitionsInput, optFns ...func(*GetPartitionsPaginatorOptions)) *GetPartitionsPaginator

NewGetPartitionsPaginator returns a new GetPartitionsPaginator

func (*GetPartitionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetPartitionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetPartitionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetPartitionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetPartitionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetPartitions page.

type GetPartitionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetPartitionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetPartitionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetPartitions

type GetPlanInput 

type GetPlanInput struct {

	// The list of mappings from a source table to target tables.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Mapping []types.MappingEntry

	// The source table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Source *types.CatalogEntry

	// A map to hold additional optional key-value parameters.
	//
	// Currently, these key-value pairs are supported:
	//
	//   - inferSchema — Specifies whether to set inferSchema to true or false for the
	//   default script generated by an Glue job. For example, to set inferSchema to
	//   true, pass the following key value pair:
	//
	// --additional-plan-options-map '{"inferSchema":"true"}'
	AdditionalPlanOptionsMap map[string]string

	// The programming language of the code to perform the mapping.
	Language types.Language

	// The parameters for the mapping.
	Location *types.Location

	// The target tables.
	Sinks []types.CatalogEntry
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetPlanOutput 

type GetPlanOutput struct {

	// A Python script to perform the mapping.
	PythonScript *string

	// The Scala code to perform the mapping.
	ScalaCode *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetRegistryInput added in v0.30.0 

type GetRegistryInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// This member is required.
	RegistryId *types.RegistryId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetRegistryOutput added in v0.30.0 

type GetRegistryOutput struct {

	// The date and time the registry was created.
	CreatedTime *string

	// A description of the registry.
	Description *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string

	// The status of the registry.
	Status types.RegistryStatus

	// The date and time the registry was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetResourcePoliciesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetResourcePoliciesAPIClient interface {
	GetResourcePolicies(context.Context, *GetResourcePoliciesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, error)
}

GetResourcePoliciesAPIClient is a client that implements the GetResourcePolicies operation.

type GetResourcePoliciesInput 

type GetResourcePoliciesInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetResourcePoliciesOutput 

type GetResourcePoliciesOutput struct {

	// A list of the individual resource policies and the account-level resource
	// policy.
	GetResourcePoliciesResponseList []types.GluePolicy

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last resource
	// policy available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetResourcePoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetResourcePoliciesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetResourcePoliciesPaginator is a paginator for GetResourcePolicies

func NewGetResourcePoliciesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetResourcePoliciesPaginator(client GetResourcePoliciesAPIClient, params *GetResourcePoliciesInput, optFns ...func(*GetResourcePoliciesPaginatorOptions)) *GetResourcePoliciesPaginator

NewGetResourcePoliciesPaginator returns a new GetResourcePoliciesPaginator

func (*GetResourcePoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetResourcePoliciesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetResourcePoliciesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetResourcePoliciesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetResourcePoliciesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetResourcePolicies page.

type GetResourcePoliciesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetResourcePoliciesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetResourcePoliciesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetResourcePolicies

type GetResourcePolicyInput 

type GetResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// The ARN of the Glue resource for which to retrieve the resource policy. If not
	// supplied, the Data Catalog resource policy is returned. Use GetResourcePolicies
	// to view all existing resource policies. For more information see [Specifying Glue Resource ARNs].
	//
	// [Specifying Glue Resource ARNs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/glue-specifying-resource-arns.html
	ResourceArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetResourcePolicyOutput 

type GetResourcePolicyOutput struct {

	// The date and time at which the policy was created.
	CreateTime *time.Time

	// Contains the hash value associated with this policy.
	PolicyHash *string

	// Contains the requested policy document, in JSON format.
	PolicyInJson *string

	// The date and time at which the policy was last updated.
	UpdateTime *time.Time

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSchemaByDefinitionInput added in v0.30.0 

type GetSchemaByDefinitionInput struct {

	// The definition of the schema for which schema details are required.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaDefinition *string

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One of
	//   SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//   has to be provided.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput added in v0.30.0 

type GetSchemaByDefinitionOutput struct {

	// The date and time the schema was created.
	CreatedTime *string

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently AVRO , JSON and PROTOBUF
	// are supported.
	DataFormat types.DataFormat

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string

	// The schema ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status types.SchemaVersionStatus

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSchemaInput added in v0.30.0 

type GetSchemaInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//   SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//   and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSchemaOutput added in v0.30.0 

type GetSchemaOutput struct {

	// The compatibility mode of the schema.
	Compatibility types.Compatibility

	// The date and time the schema was created.
	CreatedTime *string

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently AVRO , JSON and PROTOBUF
	// are supported.
	DataFormat types.DataFormat

	// A description of schema if specified when created
	Description *string

	// The latest version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	LatestSchemaVersion *int64

	// The next version of the schema associated with the returned schema definition.
	NextSchemaVersion *int64

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the registry.
	RegistryArn *string

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string

	// The version number of the checkpoint (the last time the compatibility mode was
	// changed).
	SchemaCheckpoint *int64

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string

	// The status of the schema.
	SchemaStatus types.SchemaStatus

	// The date and time the schema was updated.
	UpdatedTime *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSchemaVersionInput added in v0.30.0 

type GetSchemaVersionInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//   SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//   and RegistryName has to be provided.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId

	// The SchemaVersionId of the schema version. This field is required for fetching
	// by schema ID. Either this or the SchemaId wrapper has to be provided.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *types.SchemaVersionNumber
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSchemaVersionOutput added in v0.30.0 

type GetSchemaVersionOutput struct {

	// The date and time the schema version was created.
	CreatedTime *string

	// The data format of the schema definition. Currently AVRO , JSON and PROTOBUF
	// are supported.
	DataFormat types.DataFormat

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string

	// The schema definition for the schema ID.
	SchemaDefinition *string

	// The SchemaVersionId of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status types.SchemaVersionStatus

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput added in v0.30.0 

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffInput struct {

	// The first of the two schema versions to be compared.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FirstSchemaVersionNumber *types.SchemaVersionNumber

	// Refers to SYNTAX_DIFF , which is the currently supported diff type.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaDiffType types.SchemaDiffType

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One of
	//   SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//   has to be provided.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId

	// The second of the two schema versions to be compared.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SecondSchemaVersionNumber *types.SchemaVersionNumber
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput added in v0.30.0 

type GetSchemaVersionsDiffOutput struct {

	// The difference between schemas as a string in JsonPatch format.
	Diff *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationInput 

type GetSecurityConfigurationInput struct {

	// The name of the security configuration to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationOutput 

type GetSecurityConfigurationOutput struct {

	// The requested security configuration.
	SecurityConfiguration *types.SecurityConfiguration

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetSecurityConfigurationsAPIClient interface {
	GetSecurityConfigurations(context.Context, *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, error)
}

GetSecurityConfigurationsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetSecurityConfigurations operation.

type GetSecurityConfigurationsInput 

type GetSecurityConfigurationsInput struct {

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput 

type GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if there are more security configurations to return.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of security configurations.
	SecurityConfigurations []types.SecurityConfiguration

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator is a paginator for GetSecurityConfigurations

func NewGetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator(client GetSecurityConfigurationsAPIClient, params *GetSecurityConfigurationsInput, optFns ...func(*GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginatorOptions)) *GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator

NewGetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator returns a new GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetSecurityConfigurationsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetSecurityConfigurations page.

type GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetSecurityConfigurationsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetSecurityConfigurations

type GetSessionInput added in v1.22.0 

type GetSessionInput struct {

	// The ID of the session.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// The origin of the request.
	RequestOrigin *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetSessionOutput added in v1.22.0 

type GetSessionOutput struct {

	// The session object is returned in the response.
	Session *types.Session

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetStatementInput added in v1.22.0 

type GetStatementInput struct {

	// The Id of the statement.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id int32

	// The Session ID of the statement.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SessionId *string

	// The origin of the request.
	RequestOrigin *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetStatementOutput added in v1.22.0 

type GetStatementOutput struct {

	// Returns the statement.
	Statement *types.Statement

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableInput 

type GetTableInput struct {

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive
	// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table for which to retrieve the definition. For Hive
	// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The time as of when to read the table contents. If not set, the most recent
	// transaction commit time will be used. Cannot be specified along with
	// TransactionId .
	QueryAsOfTime *time.Time

	// The transaction ID at which to read the table contents.
	TransactionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableOptimizerInput added in v1.68.0 

type GetTableOptimizerInput struct {

	// The Catalog ID of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The type of table optimizer.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type types.TableOptimizerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableOptimizerOutput added in v1.68.0 

type GetTableOptimizerOutput struct {

	// The Catalog ID of the table.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table.
	TableName *string

	// The optimizer associated with the specified table.
	TableOptimizer *types.TableOptimizer

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableOutput 

type GetTableOutput struct {

	// The Table object that defines the specified table.
	Table *types.Table

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableVersionInput 

type GetTableVersionInput struct {

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The ID value of the table version to be retrieved. A VersionID is a string
	// representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.
	VersionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableVersionOutput 

type GetTableVersionOutput struct {

	// The requested table version.
	TableVersion *types.TableVersion

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableVersionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetTableVersionsAPIClient interface {
	GetTableVersions(context.Context, *GetTableVersionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error)
}

GetTableVersionsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetTableVersions operation.

type GetTableVersionsInput 

type GetTableVersionsInput struct {

	// The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility,
	// this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The maximum number of table versions to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is not the first call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableVersionsOutput 

type GetTableVersionsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the list of available versions does not include the
	// last one.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of strings identifying available versions of the specified table.
	TableVersions []types.TableVersion

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTableVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetTableVersionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetTableVersionsPaginator is a paginator for GetTableVersions

func NewGetTableVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetTableVersionsPaginator(client GetTableVersionsAPIClient, params *GetTableVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*GetTableVersionsPaginatorOptions)) *GetTableVersionsPaginator

NewGetTableVersionsPaginator returns a new GetTableVersionsPaginator

func (*GetTableVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTableVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetTableVersionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTableVersionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTableVersionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetTableVersions page.

type GetTableVersionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetTableVersionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of table versions to return in one response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetTableVersionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetTableVersions

type GetTablesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetTablesAPIClient interface {
	GetTables(context.Context, *GetTablesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetTablesOutput, error)
}

GetTablesAPIClient is a client that implements the GetTables operation.

type GetTablesInput 

type GetTablesInput struct {

	// The database in the catalog whose tables to list. For Hive compatibility, this
	// name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// A regular expression pattern. If present, only those tables whose names match
	// the pattern are returned.
	Expression *string

	// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string

	// The time as of when to read the table contents. If not set, the most recent
	// transaction commit time will be used. Cannot be specified along with
	// TransactionId .
	QueryAsOfTime *time.Time

	// The transaction ID at which to read the table contents.
	TransactionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTablesOutput 

type GetTablesOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of the requested Table objects.
	TableList []types.Table

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetTablesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetTablesPaginator is a paginator for GetTables

func NewGetTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetTablesPaginator(client GetTablesAPIClient, params *GetTablesInput, optFns ...func(*GetTablesPaginatorOptions)) *GetTablesPaginator

NewGetTablesPaginator returns a new GetTablesPaginator

func (*GetTablesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTablesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetTablesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTablesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTablesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetTables page.

type GetTablesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetTablesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetTablesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetTables

type GetTagsInput 

type GetTagsInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to retrieve tags.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTagsOutput 

type GetTagsOutput struct {

	// The requested tags.
	Tags map[string]string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTriggerInput 

type GetTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTriggerOutput 

type GetTriggerOutput struct {

	// The requested trigger definition.
	Trigger *types.Trigger

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTriggersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetTriggersAPIClient interface {
	GetTriggers(context.Context, *GetTriggersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetTriggersOutput, error)
}

GetTriggersAPIClient is a client that implements the GetTriggers operation.

type GetTriggersInput 

type GetTriggersInput struct {

	// The name of the job to retrieve triggers for. The trigger that can start this
	// job is returned, and if there is no such trigger, all triggers are returned.
	DependentJobName *string

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTriggersOutput 

type GetTriggersOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if not all the requested triggers have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of triggers for the specified job.
	Triggers []types.Trigger

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetTriggersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetTriggersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetTriggersPaginator is a paginator for GetTriggers

func NewGetTriggersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetTriggersPaginator(client GetTriggersAPIClient, params *GetTriggersInput, optFns ...func(*GetTriggersPaginatorOptions)) *GetTriggersPaginator

NewGetTriggersPaginator returns a new GetTriggersPaginator

func (*GetTriggersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTriggersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetTriggersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetTriggersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetTriggersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetTriggers page.

type GetTriggersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetTriggersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of the response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetTriggersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetTriggers

type GetUnfilteredPartitionMetadataInput added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredPartitionMetadataInput struct {

	// The catalog ID where the partition resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CatalogId *string

	// (Required) Specifies the name of a database that contains the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// (Required) A list of partition key values.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionValues []string

	// (Required) A list of supported permission types.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SupportedPermissionTypes []types.PermissionType

	// (Required) Specifies the name of a table that contains the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// A structure containing Lake Formation audit context information.
	AuditContext *types.AuditContext

	// A structure used as a protocol between query engines and Lake Formation or
	// Glue. Contains both a Lake Formation generated authorization identifier and
	// information from the request's authorization context.
	QuerySessionContext *types.QuerySessionContext

	// Specified only if the base tables belong to a different Amazon Web Services
	// Region.
	Region *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUnfilteredPartitionMetadataOutput added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredPartitionMetadataOutput struct {

	// A list of column names that the user has been granted access to.
	AuthorizedColumns []string

	// A Boolean value that indicates whether the partition location is registered
	// with Lake Formation.
	IsRegisteredWithLakeFormation bool

	// A Partition object containing the partition metadata.
	Partition *types.Partition

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataAPIClient added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataAPIClient interface {
	GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadata(context.Context, *GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataOutput, error)
}

GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataAPIClient is a client that implements the GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadata operation.

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataInput added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataInput struct {

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of supported permission types.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SupportedPermissionTypes []types.PermissionType

	// The name of the table that contains the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// A structure containing Lake Formation audit context information.
	AuditContext *types.AuditContext

	// An expression that filters the partitions to be returned.
	//
	// The expression uses SQL syntax similar to the SQL WHERE filter clause. The SQL
	// statement parser [JSQLParser]parses the expression.
	//
	// Operators: The following are the operators that you can use in the Expression
	// API call:
	//
	// = Checks whether the values of the two operands are equal; if yes, then the
	// condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: Assume 'variable a' holds 10 and 'variable b' holds 20.
	//
	// (a = b) is not true.
	//
	// < > Checks whether the values of two operands are equal; if the values are not
	// equal, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a < > b) is true.
	//
	// > Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than the value of the
	// right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a > b) is not true.
	//
	// < Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than the value of the
	// right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a < b) is true.
	//
	// >= Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than or equal to the
	// value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a >= b) is not true.
	//
	// <= Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than or equal to the
	// value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.
	//
	// Example: (a <= b) is true.
	//
	// AND, OR, IN, BETWEEN, LIKE, NOT, IS NULL Logical operators.
	//
	// Supported Partition Key Types: The following are the supported partition keys.
	//
	//   - string
	//
	//   - date
	//
	//   - timestamp
	//
	//   - int
	//
	//   - bigint
	//
	//   - long
	//
	//   - tinyint
	//
	//   - smallint
	//
	//   - decimal
	//
	// If an type is encountered that is not valid, an exception is thrown.
	//
	// [JSQLParser]: http://jsqlparser.sourceforge.net/home.php
	Expression *string

	// The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these
	// partitions.
	NextToken *string

	// A structure used as a protocol between query engines and Lake Formation or
	// Glue. Contains both a Lake Formation generated authorization identifier and
	// information from the request's authorization context.
	QuerySessionContext *types.QuerySessionContext

	// Specified only if the base tables belong to a different Amazon Web Services
	// Region.
	Region *string

	// The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request.
	Segment *types.Segment
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataOutput added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the returned list of partitions does not include the
	// last one.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of requested partitions.
	UnfilteredPartitions []types.UnfilteredPartition

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator is a paginator for GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadata

func NewGetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator added in v1.18.0 

func NewGetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator(client GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataAPIClient, params *GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataInput, optFns ...func(*GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginatorOptions)) *GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator

NewGetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator returns a new GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator

func (*GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.18.0 

func (p *GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator) NextPage added in v1.18.0 

func (p *GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadata page.

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginatorOptions added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadataPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetUnfilteredPartitionsMetadata

type GetUnfilteredTableMetadataInput added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredTableMetadataInput struct {

	// The catalog ID where the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CatalogId *string

	// (Required) Specifies the name of a database that contains the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// (Required) Specifies the name of a table for which you are requesting metadata.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Indicates the level of filtering a third-party analytical engine is capable of
	// enforcing when calling the GetUnfilteredTableMetadata API operation. Accepted
	// values are:
	//
	//   - COLUMN_PERMISSION - Column permissions ensure that users can access only
	//   specific columns in the table. If there are particular columns contain sensitive
	//   data, data lake administrators can define column filters that exclude access to
	//   specific columns.
	//
	//   - CELL_FILTER_PERMISSION - Cell-level filtering combines column filtering
	//   (include or exclude columns) and row filter expressions to restrict access to
	//   individual elements in the table.
	//
	//   - NESTED_PERMISSION - Nested permissions combines cell-level filtering and
	//   nested column filtering to restrict access to columns and/or nested columns in
	//   specific rows based on row filter expressions.
	//
	//   - NESTED_CELL_PERMISSION - Nested cell permissions combines nested permission
	//   with nested cell-level filtering. This allows different subsets of nested
	//   columns to be restricted based on an array of row filter expressions.
	//
	// Note: Each of these permission types follows a hierarchical order where each
	// subsequent permission type includes all permission of the previous type.
	//
	// Important: If you provide a supported permission type that doesn't match the
	// user's level of permissions on the table, then Lake Formation raises an
	// exception. For example, if the third-party engine calling the
	// GetUnfilteredTableMetadata operation can enforce only column-level filtering,
	// and the user has nested cell filtering applied on the table, Lake Formation
	// throws an exception, and will not return unfiltered table metadata and data
	// access credentials.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SupportedPermissionTypes []types.PermissionType

	// A structure containing Lake Formation audit context information.
	AuditContext *types.AuditContext

	// The resource ARN of the view.
	ParentResourceArn *string

	// The Lake Formation data permissions of the caller on the table. Used to
	// authorize the call when no view context is found.
	Permissions []types.Permission

	// A structure used as a protocol between query engines and Lake Formation or
	// Glue. Contains both a Lake Formation generated authorization identifier and
	// information from the request's authorization context.
	QuerySessionContext *types.QuerySessionContext

	// Specified only if the base tables belong to a different Amazon Web Services
	// Region.
	Region *string

	// The resource ARN of the root view in a chain of nested views.
	RootResourceArn *string

	// A structure specifying the dialect and dialect version used by the query engine.
	SupportedDialect *types.SupportedDialect
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUnfilteredTableMetadataOutput added in v1.18.0 

type GetUnfilteredTableMetadataOutput struct {

	// A list of column names that the user has been granted access to.
	AuthorizedColumns []string

	// A list of column row filters.
	CellFilters []types.ColumnRowFilter

	// Specifies whether the view supports the SQL dialects of one or more different
	// query engines and can therefore be read by those engines.
	IsMultiDialectView bool

	// A flag that instructs the engine not to push user-provided operations into the
	// logical plan of the view during query planning. However, if set this flag does
	// not guarantee that the engine will comply. Refer to the engine's documentation
	// to understand the guarantees provided, if any.
	IsProtected bool

	// A Boolean value that indicates whether the partition location is registered
	// with Lake Formation.
	IsRegisteredWithLakeFormation bool

	// The Lake Formation data permissions of the caller on the table. Used to
	// authorize the call when no view context is found.
	Permissions []types.Permission

	// A cryptographically generated query identifier generated by Glue or Lake
	// Formation.
	QueryAuthorizationId *string

	// The resource ARN of the parent resource extracted from the request.
	ResourceArn *string

	// The filter that applies to the table. For example when applying the filter in
	// SQL, it would go in the WHERE clause and can be evaluated by using an AND
	// operator with any other predicates applied by the user querying the table.
	RowFilter *string

	// A Table object containing the table metadata.
	Table *types.Table

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database where the function is located.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the function.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FunctionName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be retrieved is located. If
	// none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {

	// The requested function definition.
	UserDefinedFunction *types.UserDefinedFunction

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsAPIClient interface {
	GetUserDefinedFunctions(context.Context, *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error)
}

GetUserDefinedFunctionsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetUserDefinedFunctions operation.

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput struct {

	// An optional function-name pattern string that filters the function definitions
	// returned.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Pattern *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the functions to be retrieved are located. If
	// none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the catalog database where the functions are located. If none is
	// provided, functions from all the databases across the catalog will be returned.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The maximum number of functions to return in one response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the list of functions returned does not include the
	// last requested function.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of requested function definitions.
	UserDefinedFunctions []types.UserDefinedFunction

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator is a paginator for GetUserDefinedFunctions

func NewGetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator(client GetUserDefinedFunctionsAPIClient, params *GetUserDefinedFunctionsInput, optFns ...func(*GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginatorOptions)) *GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator

NewGetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator returns a new GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetUserDefinedFunctionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetUserDefinedFunctions page.

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of functions to return in one response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetUserDefinedFunctionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetUserDefinedFunctions

type GetWorkflowInput 

type GetWorkflowInput struct {

	// The name of the workflow to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource
	// metadata.
	IncludeGraph *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetWorkflowOutput 

type GetWorkflowOutput struct {

	// The resource metadata for the workflow.
	Workflow *types.Workflow

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetWorkflowRunInput 

type GetWorkflowRunInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow being run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the workflow run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string

	// Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not.
	IncludeGraph *bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetWorkflowRunOutput 

type GetWorkflowRunOutput struct {

	// The requested workflow run metadata.
	Run *types.WorkflowRun

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput 

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow which was run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the workflow run whose run properties should be returned.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput 

type GetWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput struct {

	// The workflow run properties which were set during the specified run.
	RunProperties map[string]string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetWorkflowRunsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type GetWorkflowRunsAPIClient interface {
	GetWorkflowRuns(context.Context, *GetWorkflowRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, error)
}

GetWorkflowRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the GetWorkflowRuns operation.

type GetWorkflowRunsInput 

type GetWorkflowRunsInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow whose metadata of runs should be returned.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not.
	IncludeGraph *bool

	// The maximum number of workflow runs to be included in the response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The maximum size of the response.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetWorkflowRunsOutput 

type GetWorkflowRunsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if not all requested workflow runs have been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of workflow run metadata objects.
	Runs []types.WorkflowRun

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type GetWorkflowRunsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type GetWorkflowRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

GetWorkflowRunsPaginator is a paginator for GetWorkflowRuns

func NewGetWorkflowRunsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewGetWorkflowRunsPaginator(client GetWorkflowRunsAPIClient, params *GetWorkflowRunsInput, optFns ...func(*GetWorkflowRunsPaginatorOptions)) *GetWorkflowRunsPaginator

NewGetWorkflowRunsPaginator returns a new GetWorkflowRunsPaginator

func (*GetWorkflowRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetWorkflowRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*GetWorkflowRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *GetWorkflowRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*GetWorkflowRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next GetWorkflowRuns page.

type GetWorkflowRunsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type GetWorkflowRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of workflow runs to be included in the response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

GetWorkflowRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for GetWorkflowRuns

type HTTPClient 

type HTTPClient interface {
	Do(*http.Request) (*http.Response, error)
}

type HTTPSignerV4 

type HTTPSignerV4 interface {
	SignHTTP(ctx context.Context, credentials aws.Credentials, r *http.Request, payloadHash string, service string, region string, signingTime time.Time, optFns ...func(*v4.SignerOptions)) error
}

type ImportCatalogToGlueInput 

type ImportCatalogToGlueInput struct {

	// The ID of the catalog to import. Currently, this should be the Amazon Web
	// Services account ID.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput 

type ImportCatalogToGlueOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListBlueprintsAPIClient added in v1.11.0 

type ListBlueprintsAPIClient interface {
	ListBlueprints(context.Context, *ListBlueprintsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListBlueprintsOutput, error)
}

ListBlueprintsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListBlueprints operation.

type ListBlueprintsInput added in v1.11.0 

type ListBlueprintsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string

	// Filters the list by an Amazon Web Services resource tag.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListBlueprintsOutput added in v1.11.0 

type ListBlueprintsOutput struct {

	// List of names of blueprints in the account.
	Blueprints []string

	// A continuation token, if not all blueprint names have been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListBlueprintsPaginator added in v1.11.0 

type ListBlueprintsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListBlueprintsPaginator is a paginator for ListBlueprints

func NewListBlueprintsPaginator added in v1.11.0 

func NewListBlueprintsPaginator(client ListBlueprintsAPIClient, params *ListBlueprintsInput, optFns ...func(*ListBlueprintsPaginatorOptions)) *ListBlueprintsPaginator

NewListBlueprintsPaginator returns a new ListBlueprintsPaginator

func (*ListBlueprintsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.11.0 

func (p *ListBlueprintsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListBlueprintsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.11.0 

func (p *ListBlueprintsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListBlueprintsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListBlueprints page.

type ListBlueprintsPaginatorOptions added in v1.11.0 

type ListBlueprintsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListBlueprintsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListBlueprints

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsAPIClient added in v1.69.0 

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsAPIClient interface {
	ListColumnStatisticsTaskRuns(context.Context, *ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput, error)
}

ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListColumnStatisticsTaskRuns operation.

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput added in v1.69.0 

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of the response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput added in v1.69.0 

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput struct {

	// A list of column statistics task run IDs.
	ColumnStatisticsTaskRunIds []string

	// A continuation token, if not all task run IDs have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator added in v1.69.0 

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator is a paginator for ListColumnStatisticsTaskRuns

func NewListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator added in v1.69.0 

func NewListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator(client ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsAPIClient, params *ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsInput, optFns ...func(*ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginatorOptions)) *ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator

NewListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator returns a new ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator

func (*ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.69.0 

func (p *ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.69.0 

func (p *ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListColumnStatisticsTaskRuns page.

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginatorOptions added in v1.69.0 

type ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of the response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListColumnStatisticsTaskRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListColumnStatisticsTaskRuns

type ListCrawlersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListCrawlersAPIClient interface {
	ListCrawlers(context.Context, *ListCrawlersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListCrawlersOutput, error)
}

ListCrawlersAPIClient is a client that implements the ListCrawlers operation.

type ListCrawlersInput 

type ListCrawlersInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListCrawlersOutput 

type ListCrawlersOutput struct {

	// The names of all crawlers in the account, or the crawlers with the specified
	// tags.
	CrawlerNames []string

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListCrawlersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListCrawlersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListCrawlersPaginator is a paginator for ListCrawlers

func NewListCrawlersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListCrawlersPaginator(client ListCrawlersAPIClient, params *ListCrawlersInput, optFns ...func(*ListCrawlersPaginatorOptions)) *ListCrawlersPaginator

NewListCrawlersPaginator returns a new ListCrawlersPaginator

func (*ListCrawlersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListCrawlersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListCrawlersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListCrawlersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListCrawlersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListCrawlers page.

type ListCrawlersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListCrawlersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListCrawlersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListCrawlers

type ListCrawlsInput added in v1.26.0 

type ListCrawlsInput struct {

	// The name of the crawler whose runs you want to retrieve.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CrawlerName *string

	// Filters the crawls by the criteria you specify in a list of CrawlsFilter
	// objects.
	Filters []types.CrawlsFilter

	// The maximum number of results to return. The default is 20, and maximum is 100.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListCrawlsOutput added in v1.26.0 

type ListCrawlsOutput struct {

	// A list of CrawlerHistory objects representing the crawl runs that meet your
	// criteria.
	Crawls []types.CrawlerHistory

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned if
	// the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListCustomEntityTypesAPIClient added in v1.24.0 

type ListCustomEntityTypesAPIClient interface {
	ListCustomEntityTypes(context.Context, *ListCustomEntityTypesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListCustomEntityTypesOutput, error)
}

ListCustomEntityTypesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListCustomEntityTypes operation.

type ListCustomEntityTypesInput added in v1.24.0 

type ListCustomEntityTypesInput struct {

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A paginated token to offset the results.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of key-value pair tags.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListCustomEntityTypesOutput added in v1.24.0 

type ListCustomEntityTypesOutput struct {

	// A list of CustomEntityType objects representing custom patterns.
	CustomEntityTypes []types.CustomEntityType

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator added in v1.24.0 

type ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator is a paginator for ListCustomEntityTypes

func NewListCustomEntityTypesPaginator added in v1.24.0 

func NewListCustomEntityTypesPaginator(client ListCustomEntityTypesAPIClient, params *ListCustomEntityTypesInput, optFns ...func(*ListCustomEntityTypesPaginatorOptions)) *ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator

NewListCustomEntityTypesPaginator returns a new ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator

func (*ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.24.0 

func (p *ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator) NextPage added in v1.24.0 

func (p *ListCustomEntityTypesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListCustomEntityTypesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListCustomEntityTypes page.

type ListCustomEntityTypesPaginatorOptions added in v1.24.0 

type ListCustomEntityTypesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListCustomEntityTypesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListCustomEntityTypes

type ListDataQualityResultsAPIClient added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityResultsAPIClient interface {
	ListDataQualityResults(context.Context, *ListDataQualityResultsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityResultsOutput, error)
}

ListDataQualityResultsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListDataQualityResults operation.

type ListDataQualityResultsInput added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityResultsInput struct {

	// The filter criteria.
	Filter *types.DataQualityResultFilterCriteria

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A paginated token to offset the results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDataQualityResultsOutput added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityResultsOutput struct {

	// A list of DataQualityResultDescription objects.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Results []types.DataQualityResultDescription

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDataQualityResultsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityResultsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListDataQualityResultsPaginator is a paginator for ListDataQualityResults

func NewListDataQualityResultsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

func NewListDataQualityResultsPaginator(client ListDataQualityResultsAPIClient, params *ListDataQualityResultsInput, optFns ...func(*ListDataQualityResultsPaginatorOptions)) *ListDataQualityResultsPaginator

NewListDataQualityResultsPaginator returns a new ListDataQualityResultsPaginator

func (*ListDataQualityResultsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.37.0 

func (p *ListDataQualityResultsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListDataQualityResultsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.37.0 

func (p *ListDataQualityResultsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityResultsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListDataQualityResults page.

type ListDataQualityResultsPaginatorOptions added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityResultsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListDataQualityResultsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListDataQualityResults

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsAPIClient added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsAPIClient interface {
	ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRuns(context.Context, *ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsOutput, error)
}

ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRuns operation.

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsInput added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsInput struct {

	// The filter criteria.
	Filter *types.DataQualityRuleRecommendationRunFilter

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A paginated token to offset the results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsOutput added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsOutput struct {

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of DataQualityRuleRecommendationRunDescription objects.
	Runs []types.DataQualityRuleRecommendationRunDescription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator is a paginator for ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRuns

func NewListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

func NewListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator(client ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsAPIClient, params *ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsInput, optFns ...func(*ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginatorOptions)) *ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator

NewListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator returns a new ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator

func (*ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.37.0 

func (p *ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.37.0 

func (p *ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRuns page.

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginatorOptions added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListDataQualityRuleRecommendationRuns

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsAPIClient added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsAPIClient interface {
	ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRuns(context.Context, *ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsOutput, error)
}

ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRuns operation.

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsInput added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsInput struct {

	// The filter criteria.
	Filter *types.DataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunFilter

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A paginated token to offset the results.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsOutput added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsOutput struct {

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of DataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunDescription objects representing data
	// quality ruleset runs.
	Runs []types.DataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunDescription

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator is a paginator for ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRuns

func NewListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

func NewListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator(client ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsAPIClient, params *ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsInput, optFns ...func(*ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginatorOptions)) *ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator

NewListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator returns a new ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator

func (*ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.37.0 

func (p *ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.37.0 

func (p *ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRuns page.

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginatorOptions added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRuns

type ListDataQualityRulesetsAPIClient added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetsAPIClient interface {
	ListDataQualityRulesets(context.Context, *ListDataQualityRulesetsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRulesetsOutput, error)
}

ListDataQualityRulesetsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListDataQualityRulesets operation.

type ListDataQualityRulesetsInput added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetsInput struct {

	// The filter criteria.
	Filter *types.DataQualityRulesetFilterCriteria

	// The maximum number of results to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A paginated token to offset the results.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of key-value pair tags.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDataQualityRulesetsOutput added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetsOutput struct {

	// A pagination token, if more results are available.
	NextToken *string

	// A paginated list of rulesets for the specified list of Glue tables.
	Rulesets []types.DataQualityRulesetListDetails

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator is a paginator for ListDataQualityRulesets

func NewListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator added in v1.37.0 

func NewListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator(client ListDataQualityRulesetsAPIClient, params *ListDataQualityRulesetsInput, optFns ...func(*ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginatorOptions)) *ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator

NewListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator returns a new ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator

func (*ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.37.0 

func (p *ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.37.0 

func (p *ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDataQualityRulesetsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListDataQualityRulesets page.

type ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginatorOptions added in v1.37.0 

type ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListDataQualityRulesetsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListDataQualityRulesets

type ListDevEndpointsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListDevEndpointsAPIClient interface {
	ListDevEndpoints(context.Context, *ListDevEndpointsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListDevEndpointsOutput, error)
}

ListDevEndpointsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListDevEndpoints operation.

type ListDevEndpointsInput 

type ListDevEndpointsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDevEndpointsOutput 

type ListDevEndpointsOutput struct {

	// The names of all the DevEndpoint s in the account, or the DevEndpoint s with the
	// specified tags.
	DevEndpointNames []string

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListDevEndpointsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListDevEndpointsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListDevEndpointsPaginator is a paginator for ListDevEndpoints

func NewListDevEndpointsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListDevEndpointsPaginator(client ListDevEndpointsAPIClient, params *ListDevEndpointsInput, optFns ...func(*ListDevEndpointsPaginatorOptions)) *ListDevEndpointsPaginator

NewListDevEndpointsPaginator returns a new ListDevEndpointsPaginator

func (*ListDevEndpointsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListDevEndpointsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListDevEndpointsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListDevEndpointsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListDevEndpointsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListDevEndpoints page.

type ListDevEndpointsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListDevEndpointsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListDevEndpointsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListDevEndpoints

type ListJobsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListJobsAPIClient interface {
	ListJobs(context.Context, *ListJobsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListJobsOutput, error)
}

ListJobsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListJobs operation.

type ListJobsInput 

type ListJobsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListJobsOutput 

type ListJobsOutput struct {

	// The names of all jobs in the account, or the jobs with the specified tags.
	JobNames []string

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListJobsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListJobsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListJobsPaginator is a paginator for ListJobs

func NewListJobsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListJobsPaginator(client ListJobsAPIClient, params *ListJobsInput, optFns ...func(*ListJobsPaginatorOptions)) *ListJobsPaginator

NewListJobsPaginator returns a new ListJobsPaginator

func (*ListJobsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListJobsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListJobsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListJobsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListJobsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListJobs page.

type ListJobsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListJobsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListJobsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListJobs

type ListMLTransformsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListMLTransformsAPIClient interface {
	ListMLTransforms(context.Context, *ListMLTransformsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListMLTransformsOutput, error)
}

ListMLTransformsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListMLTransforms operation.

type ListMLTransformsInput 

type ListMLTransformsInput struct {

	// A TransformFilterCriteria used to filter the machine learning transforms.
	Filter *types.TransformFilterCriteria

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string

	// A TransformSortCriteria used to sort the machine learning transforms.
	Sort *types.TransformSortCriteria

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListMLTransformsOutput 

type ListMLTransformsOutput struct {

	// The identifiers of all the machine learning transforms in the account, or the
	// machine learning transforms with the specified tags.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformIds []string

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListMLTransformsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListMLTransformsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListMLTransformsPaginator is a paginator for ListMLTransforms

func NewListMLTransformsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListMLTransformsPaginator(client ListMLTransformsAPIClient, params *ListMLTransformsInput, optFns ...func(*ListMLTransformsPaginatorOptions)) *ListMLTransformsPaginator

NewListMLTransformsPaginator returns a new ListMLTransformsPaginator

func (*ListMLTransformsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListMLTransformsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListMLTransformsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListMLTransformsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListMLTransformsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListMLTransforms page.

type ListMLTransformsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListMLTransformsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListMLTransformsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListMLTransforms

type ListRegistriesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListRegistriesAPIClient interface {
	ListRegistries(context.Context, *ListRegistriesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListRegistriesOutput, error)
}

ListRegistriesAPIClient is a client that implements the ListRegistries operation.

type ListRegistriesInput added in v0.30.0 

type ListRegistriesInput struct {

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this
	// will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListRegistriesOutput added in v0.30.0 

type ListRegistriesOutput struct {

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned if
	// the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// An array of RegistryDetailedListItem objects containing minimal details of each
	// registry.
	Registries []types.RegistryListItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListRegistriesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListRegistriesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListRegistriesPaginator is a paginator for ListRegistries

func NewListRegistriesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListRegistriesPaginator(client ListRegistriesAPIClient, params *ListRegistriesInput, optFns ...func(*ListRegistriesPaginatorOptions)) *ListRegistriesPaginator

NewListRegistriesPaginator returns a new ListRegistriesPaginator

func (*ListRegistriesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListRegistriesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListRegistriesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListRegistriesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListRegistriesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListRegistries page.

type ListRegistriesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListRegistriesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this
	// will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListRegistriesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListRegistries

type ListSchemaVersionsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemaVersionsAPIClient interface {
	ListSchemaVersions(context.Context, *ListSchemaVersionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, error)
}

ListSchemaVersionsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListSchemaVersions operation.

type ListSchemaVersionsInput added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemaVersionsInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//   SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//   and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this
	// will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSchemaVersionsOutput added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemaVersionsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned if
	// the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// An array of SchemaVersionList objects containing details of each schema version.
	Schemas []types.SchemaVersionListItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSchemaVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemaVersionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListSchemaVersionsPaginator is a paginator for ListSchemaVersions

func NewListSchemaVersionsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListSchemaVersionsPaginator(client ListSchemaVersionsAPIClient, params *ListSchemaVersionsInput, optFns ...func(*ListSchemaVersionsPaginatorOptions)) *ListSchemaVersionsPaginator

NewListSchemaVersionsPaginator returns a new ListSchemaVersionsPaginator

func (*ListSchemaVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListSchemaVersionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListSchemaVersionsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListSchemaVersionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSchemaVersionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListSchemaVersions page.

type ListSchemaVersionsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemaVersionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this
	// will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListSchemaVersionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListSchemaVersions

type ListSchemasAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemasAPIClient interface {
	ListSchemas(context.Context, *ListSchemasInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListSchemasOutput, error)
}

ListSchemasAPIClient is a client that implements the ListSchemas operation.

type ListSchemasInput added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemasInput struct {

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this
	// will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource Name
	// (ARN).
	RegistryId *types.RegistryId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSchemasOutput added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemasOutput struct {

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned if
	// the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// An array of SchemaListItem objects containing details of each schema.
	Schemas []types.SchemaListItem

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSchemasPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemasPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListSchemasPaginator is a paginator for ListSchemas

func NewListSchemasPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListSchemasPaginator(client ListSchemasAPIClient, params *ListSchemasInput, optFns ...func(*ListSchemasPaginatorOptions)) *ListSchemasPaginator

NewListSchemasPaginator returns a new ListSchemasPaginator

func (*ListSchemasPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListSchemasPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListSchemasPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListSchemasPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSchemasOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListSchemas page.

type ListSchemasPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListSchemasPaginatorOptions struct {
	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this
	// will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListSchemasPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListSchemas

type ListSessionsAPIClient added in v1.22.0 

type ListSessionsAPIClient interface {
	ListSessions(context.Context, *ListSessionsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListSessionsOutput, error)
}

ListSessionsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListSessions operation.

type ListSessionsInput added in v1.22.0 

type ListSessionsInput struct {

	// The maximum number of results.
	MaxResults *int32

	// The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more result.
	NextToken *string

	// The origin of the request.
	RequestOrigin *string

	// Tags belonging to the session.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSessionsOutput added in v1.22.0 

type ListSessionsOutput struct {

	// Returns the ID of the session.
	Ids []string

	// The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more result.
	NextToken *string

	// Returns the session object.
	Sessions []types.Session

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListSessionsPaginator added in v1.22.0 

type ListSessionsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListSessionsPaginator is a paginator for ListSessions

func NewListSessionsPaginator added in v1.22.0 

func NewListSessionsPaginator(client ListSessionsAPIClient, params *ListSessionsInput, optFns ...func(*ListSessionsPaginatorOptions)) *ListSessionsPaginator

NewListSessionsPaginator returns a new ListSessionsPaginator

func (*ListSessionsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.22.0 

func (p *ListSessionsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListSessionsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.22.0 

func (p *ListSessionsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListSessionsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListSessions page.

type ListSessionsPaginatorOptions added in v1.22.0 

type ListSessionsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of results.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListSessionsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListSessions

type ListStatementsInput added in v1.22.0 

type ListStatementsInput struct {

	// The Session ID of the statements.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SessionId *string

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string

	// The origin of the request to list statements.
	RequestOrigin *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListStatementsOutput added in v1.22.0 

type ListStatementsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if not all statements have yet been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// Returns the list of statements.
	Statements []types.Statement

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListTableOptimizerRunsAPIClient added in v1.68.0 

type ListTableOptimizerRunsAPIClient interface {
	ListTableOptimizerRuns(context.Context, *ListTableOptimizerRunsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListTableOptimizerRunsOutput, error)
}

ListTableOptimizerRunsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListTableOptimizerRuns operation.

type ListTableOptimizerRunsInput added in v1.68.0 

type ListTableOptimizerRunsInput struct {

	// The Catalog ID of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The type of table optimizer. Currently, the only valid value is compaction .
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type types.TableOptimizerType

	// The maximum number of optimizer runs to return on each call.
	MaxResults int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListTableOptimizerRunsOutput added in v1.68.0 

type ListTableOptimizerRunsOutput struct {

	// The Catalog ID of the table.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of optimizer runs,
	// returned if the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// The name of the table.
	TableName *string

	// A list of the optimizer runs associated with a table.
	TableOptimizerRuns []types.TableOptimizerRun

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator added in v1.68.0 

type ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator is a paginator for ListTableOptimizerRuns

func NewListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator added in v1.68.0 

func NewListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator(client ListTableOptimizerRunsAPIClient, params *ListTableOptimizerRunsInput, optFns ...func(*ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginatorOptions)) *ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator

NewListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator returns a new ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator

func (*ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v1.68.0 

func (p *ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator) NextPage added in v1.68.0 

func (p *ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTableOptimizerRunsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListTableOptimizerRuns page.

type ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginatorOptions added in v1.68.0 

type ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of optimizer runs to return on each call.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListTableOptimizerRunsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListTableOptimizerRuns

type ListTriggersAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListTriggersAPIClient interface {
	ListTriggers(context.Context, *ListTriggersInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListTriggersOutput, error)
}

ListTriggersAPIClient is a client that implements the ListTriggers operation.

type ListTriggersInput 

type ListTriggersInput struct {

	//  The name of the job for which to retrieve triggers. The trigger that can start
	// this job is returned. If there is no such trigger, all triggers are returned.
	DependentJobName *string

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string

	// Specifies to return only these tagged resources.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListTriggersOutput 

type ListTriggersOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if the returned list does not contain the last metric
	// available.
	NextToken *string

	// The names of all triggers in the account, or the triggers with the specified
	// tags.
	TriggerNames []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListTriggersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListTriggersPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListTriggersPaginator is a paginator for ListTriggers

func NewListTriggersPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListTriggersPaginator(client ListTriggersAPIClient, params *ListTriggersInput, optFns ...func(*ListTriggersPaginatorOptions)) *ListTriggersPaginator

NewListTriggersPaginator returns a new ListTriggersPaginator

func (*ListTriggersPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListTriggersPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListTriggersPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListTriggersPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListTriggersOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListTriggers page.

type ListTriggersPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListTriggersPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListTriggersPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListTriggers

type ListWorkflowsAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type ListWorkflowsAPIClient interface {
	ListWorkflows(context.Context, *ListWorkflowsInput, ...func(*Options)) (*ListWorkflowsOutput, error)
}

ListWorkflowsAPIClient is a client that implements the ListWorkflows operation.

type ListWorkflowsInput 

type ListWorkflowsInput struct {

	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.
	NextToken *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListWorkflowsOutput 

type ListWorkflowsOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, if not all workflow names have been returned.
	NextToken *string

	// List of names of workflows in the account.
	Workflows []string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ListWorkflowsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type ListWorkflowsPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ListWorkflowsPaginator is a paginator for ListWorkflows

func NewListWorkflowsPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewListWorkflowsPaginator(client ListWorkflowsAPIClient, params *ListWorkflowsInput, optFns ...func(*ListWorkflowsPaginatorOptions)) *ListWorkflowsPaginator

NewListWorkflowsPaginator returns a new ListWorkflowsPaginator

func (*ListWorkflowsPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListWorkflowsPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*ListWorkflowsPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *ListWorkflowsPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*ListWorkflowsOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next ListWorkflows page.

type ListWorkflowsPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type ListWorkflowsPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum size of a list to return.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

ListWorkflowsPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for ListWorkflows

type Options 

type Options struct {
	// Set of options to modify how an operation is invoked. These apply to all
	// operations invoked for this client. Use functional options on operation call to
	// modify this list for per operation behavior.
	APIOptions []func(*middleware.Stack) error

	// The optional application specific identifier appended to the User-Agent header.
	AppID string

	// This endpoint will be given as input to an EndpointResolverV2. It is used for
	// providing a custom base endpoint that is subject to modifications by the
	// processing EndpointResolverV2.
	BaseEndpoint *string

	// Configures the events that will be sent to the configured logger.
	ClientLogMode aws.ClientLogMode

	// The credentials object to use when signing requests.
	Credentials aws.CredentialsProvider

	// The configuration DefaultsMode that the SDK should use when constructing the
	// clients initial default settings.
	DefaultsMode aws.DefaultsMode

	// The endpoint options to be used when attempting to resolve an endpoint.
	EndpointOptions EndpointResolverOptions

	// The service endpoint resolver.
	//
	// Deprecated: Deprecated: EndpointResolver and WithEndpointResolver. Providing a
	// value for this field will likely prevent you from using any endpoint-related
	// service features released after the introduction of EndpointResolverV2 and
	// BaseEndpoint.
	//
	// To migrate an EndpointResolver implementation that uses a custom endpoint, set
	// the client option BaseEndpoint instead.
	EndpointResolver EndpointResolver

	// Resolves the endpoint used for a particular service operation. This should be
	// used over the deprecated EndpointResolver.
	EndpointResolverV2 EndpointResolverV2

	// Signature Version 4 (SigV4) Signer
	HTTPSignerV4 HTTPSignerV4

	// The logger writer interface to write logging messages to.
	Logger logging.Logger

	// The region to send requests to. (Required)
	Region string

	// RetryMaxAttempts specifies the maximum number attempts an API client will call
	// an operation that fails with a retryable error. A value of 0 is ignored, and
	// will not be used to configure the API client created default retryer, or modify
	// per operation call's retry max attempts.
	//
	// If specified in an operation call's functional options with a value that is
	// different than the constructed client's Options, the Client's Retryer will be
	// wrapped to use the operation's specific RetryMaxAttempts value.
	RetryMaxAttempts int

	// RetryMode specifies the retry mode the API client will be created with, if
	// Retryer option is not also specified.
	//
	// When creating a new API Clients this member will only be used if the Retryer
	// Options member is nil. This value will be ignored if Retryer is not nil.
	//
	// Currently does not support per operation call overrides, may in the future.
	RetryMode aws.RetryMode

	// Retryer guides how HTTP requests should be retried in case of recoverable
	// failures. When nil the API client will use a default retryer. The kind of
	// default retry created by the API client can be changed with the RetryMode
	// option.
	Retryer aws.Retryer

	// The RuntimeEnvironment configuration, only populated if the DefaultsMode is set
	// to DefaultsModeAuto and is initialized using config.LoadDefaultConfig . You
	// should not populate this structure programmatically, or rely on the values here
	// within your applications.
	RuntimeEnvironment aws.RuntimeEnvironment

	// The HTTP client to invoke API calls with. Defaults to client's default HTTP
	// implementation if nil.
	HTTPClient HTTPClient

	// The auth scheme resolver which determines how to authenticate for each
	// operation.
	AuthSchemeResolver AuthSchemeResolver

	// The list of auth schemes supported by the client.
	AuthSchemes []smithyhttp.AuthScheme
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

func (Options) Copy 

func (o Options) Copy() Options

Copy creates a clone where the APIOptions list is deep copied.

func (Options) GetIdentityResolver added in v1.68.1 

func (o Options) GetIdentityResolver(schemeID string) smithyauth.IdentityResolver

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput 

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsInput struct {

	// The security configuration to set.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataCatalogEncryptionSettings *types.DataCatalogEncryptionSettings

	// The ID of the Data Catalog to set the security configuration for. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput 

type PutDataCatalogEncryptionSettingsOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutResourcePolicyInput 

type PutResourcePolicyInput struct {

	// Contains the policy document to set, in JSON format.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PolicyInJson *string

	// If 'TRUE' , indicates that you are using both methods to grant cross-account
	// access to Data Catalog resources:
	//
	//   - By directly updating the resource policy with PutResourePolicy
	//
	//   - By using the Grant permissions command on the Amazon Web Services
	//   Management Console.
	//
	// Must be set to 'TRUE' if you have already used the Management Console to grant
	// cross-account access, otherwise the call fails. Default is 'FALSE'.
	EnableHybrid types.EnableHybridValues

	// A value of MUST_EXIST is used to update a policy. A value of NOT_EXIST is used
	// to create a new policy. If a value of NONE or a null value is used, the call
	// does not depend on the existence of a policy.
	PolicyExistsCondition types.ExistCondition

	// The hash value returned when the previous policy was set using PutResourcePolicy
	// . Its purpose is to prevent concurrent modifications of a policy. Do not use
	// this parameter if no previous policy has been set.
	PolicyHashCondition *string

	// Do not use. For internal use only.
	ResourceArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutResourcePolicyOutput 

type PutResourcePolicyOutput struct {

	// A hash of the policy that has just been set. This must be included in a
	// subsequent call that overwrites or updates this policy.
	PolicyHash *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput added in v0.30.0 

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {

	// The metadata key's corresponding value.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MetadataKeyValue *types.MetadataKeyValuePair

	// The unique ID for the schema.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *types.SchemaVersionNumber
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput added in v0.30.0 

type PutSchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {

	// The latest version of the schema.
	LatestVersion bool

	// The metadata key.
	MetadataKey *string

	// The value of the metadata key.
	MetadataValue *string

	// The name for the registry.
	RegistryName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the schema.
	SchemaArn *string

	// The name for the schema.
	SchemaName *string

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput 

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow which was run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the workflow run for which the run properties should be updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string

	// The properties to put for the specified run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunProperties map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput 

type PutWorkflowRunPropertiesOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput added in v0.30.0 

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {

	// Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this
	// will be defaulted to 25 per page.
	MaxResults *int32

	// Search key-value pairs for metadata, if they are not provided all the metadata
	// information will be fetched.
	MetadataList []types.MetadataKeyValuePair

	// A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource Name
	// (ARN).
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *types.SchemaVersionNumber
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput added in v0.30.0 

type QuerySchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {

	// A map of a metadata key and associated values.
	MetadataInfoMap map[string]types.MetadataInfo

	// A continuation token for paginating the returned list of tokens, returned if
	// the current segment of the list is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RegisterSchemaVersionInput added in v0.30.0 

type RegisterSchemaVersionInput struct {

	// The schema definition using the DataFormat setting for the SchemaName .
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaDefinition *string

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either
	//   SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//   and RegistryName has to be provided.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RegisterSchemaVersionOutput added in v0.30.0 

type RegisterSchemaVersionOutput struct {

	// The unique ID that represents the version of this schema.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The status of the schema version.
	Status types.SchemaVersionStatus

	// The version of this schema (for sync flow only, in case this is the first
	// version).
	VersionNumber *int64

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput added in v0.30.0 

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataInput struct {

	// The value of the metadata key.
	//
	// This member is required.
	MetadataKeyValue *types.MetadataKeyValuePair

	// A wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource Name
	// (ARN).
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId

	// The unique version ID of the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The version number of the schema.
	SchemaVersionNumber *types.SchemaVersionNumber
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput added in v0.30.0 

type RemoveSchemaVersionMetadataOutput struct {

	// The latest version of the schema.
	LatestVersion bool

	// The metadata key.
	MetadataKey *string

	// The value of the metadata key.
	MetadataValue *string

	// The name of the registry.
	RegistryName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string

	// The version ID for the schema version.
	SchemaVersionId *string

	// The version number of the schema.
	VersionNumber *int64

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetJobBookmarkInput 

type ResetJobBookmarkInput struct {

	// The name of the job in question.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string

	// The unique run identifier associated with this job run.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResetJobBookmarkOutput 

type ResetJobBookmarkOutput struct {

	// The reset bookmark entry.
	JobBookmarkEntry *types.JobBookmarkEntry

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResolveEndpoint 

type ResolveEndpoint struct {
	Resolver EndpointResolver
	Options  EndpointResolverOptions
}

func (*ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize 

func (m *ResolveEndpoint) HandleSerialize(ctx context.Context, in middleware.SerializeInput, next middleware.SerializeHandler) (
	out middleware.SerializeOutput, metadata middleware.Metadata, err error,
)

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID 

func (*ResolveEndpoint) ID() string

type ResumeWorkflowRunInput 

type ResumeWorkflowRunInput struct {

	// The name of the workflow to resume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A list of the node IDs for the nodes you want to restart. The nodes that are to
	// be restarted must have a run attempt in the original run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	NodeIds []string

	// The ID of the workflow run to resume.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type ResumeWorkflowRunOutput 

type ResumeWorkflowRunOutput struct {

	// A list of the node IDs for the nodes that were actually restarted.
	NodeIds []string

	// The new ID assigned to the resumed workflow run. Each resume of a workflow run
	// will have a new run ID.
	RunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RunStatementInput added in v1.22.0 

type RunStatementInput struct {

	// The statement code to be run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Code *string

	// The Session Id of the statement to be run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SessionId *string

	// The origin of the request.
	RequestOrigin *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type RunStatementOutput added in v1.22.0 

type RunStatementOutput struct {

	// Returns the Id of the statement that was run.
	Id int32

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SearchTablesAPIClient added in v0.30.0 

type SearchTablesAPIClient interface {
	SearchTables(context.Context, *SearchTablesInput, ...func(*Options)) (*SearchTablesOutput, error)
}

SearchTablesAPIClient is a client that implements the SearchTables operation.

type SearchTablesInput 

type SearchTablesInput struct {

	// A unique identifier, consisting of  account_id .
	CatalogId *string

	// A list of key-value pairs, and a comparator used to filter the search results.
	// Returns all entities matching the predicate.
	//
	// The Comparator member of the PropertyPredicate struct is used only for time
	// fields, and can be omitted for other field types. Also, when comparing string
	// values, such as when Key=Name , a fuzzy match algorithm is used. The Key field
	// (for example, the value of the Name field) is split on certain punctuation
	// characters, for example, -, :, #, etc. into tokens. Then each token is
	// exact-match compared with the Value member of PropertyPredicate . For example,
	// if Key=Name and Value=link , tables named customer-link and xx-link-yy are
	// returned, but xxlinkyy is not returned.
	Filters []types.PropertyPredicate

	// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
	MaxResults *int32

	// A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.
	NextToken *string

	// Allows you to specify that you want to search the tables shared with your
	// account. The allowable values are FOREIGN or ALL .
	//
	//   - If set to FOREIGN , will search the tables shared with your account.
	//
	//   - If set to ALL , will search the tables shared with your account, as well as
	//   the tables in yor local account.
	ResourceShareType types.ResourceShareType

	// A string used for a text search.
	//
	// Specifying a value in quotes filters based on an exact match to the value.
	SearchText *string

	// A list of criteria for sorting the results by a field name, in an ascending or
	// descending order.
	SortCriteria []types.SortCriterion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SearchTablesOutput 

type SearchTablesOutput struct {

	// A continuation token, present if the current list segment is not the last.
	NextToken *string

	// A list of the requested Table objects. The SearchTables response returns only
	// the tables that you have access to.
	TableList []types.Table

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type SearchTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

type SearchTablesPaginator struct {
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

SearchTablesPaginator is a paginator for SearchTables

func NewSearchTablesPaginator added in v0.30.0 

func NewSearchTablesPaginator(client SearchTablesAPIClient, params *SearchTablesInput, optFns ...func(*SearchTablesPaginatorOptions)) *SearchTablesPaginator

NewSearchTablesPaginator returns a new SearchTablesPaginator

func (*SearchTablesPaginator) HasMorePages added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SearchTablesPaginator) HasMorePages() bool

HasMorePages returns a boolean indicating whether more pages are available

func (*SearchTablesPaginator) NextPage added in v0.30.0 

func (p *SearchTablesPaginator) NextPage(ctx context.Context, optFns ...func(*Options)) (*SearchTablesOutput, error)

NextPage retrieves the next SearchTables page.

type SearchTablesPaginatorOptions added in v0.30.0 

type SearchTablesPaginatorOptions struct {
	// The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.
	Limit int32

	// Set to true if pagination should stop if the service returns a pagination token
	// that matches the most recent token provided to the service.
	StopOnDuplicateToken bool
}

SearchTablesPaginatorOptions is the paginator options for SearchTables

type StartBlueprintRunInput added in v1.11.0 

type StartBlueprintRunInput struct {

	// The name of the blueprint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	BlueprintName *string

	// Specifies the IAM role used to create the workflow.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RoleArn *string

	// Specifies the parameters as a BlueprintParameters object.
	Parameters *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartBlueprintRunOutput added in v1.11.0 

type StartBlueprintRunOutput struct {

	// The run ID for this blueprint run.
	RunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput added in v1.69.0 

type StartColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput struct {

	// The name of the database where the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The IAM role that the service assumes to generate statistics.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// The name of the table to generate statistics.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table reside. If none is supplied, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogID *string

	// A list of the column names to generate statistics. If none is supplied, all
	// column names for the table will be used by default.
	ColumnNameList []string

	// The percentage of rows used to generate statistics. If none is supplied, the
	// entire table will be used to generate stats.
	SampleSize float64

	// Name of the security configuration that is used to encrypt CloudWatch logs for
	// the column stats task run.
	SecurityConfiguration *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput added in v1.69.0 

type StartColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The identifier for the column statistics task run.
	ColumnStatisticsTaskRunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartCrawlerInput 

type StartCrawlerInput struct {

	// Name of the crawler to start.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartCrawlerOutput 

type StartCrawlerOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartCrawlerScheduleInput 

type StartCrawlerScheduleInput struct {

	// Name of the crawler to schedule.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CrawlerName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput 

type StartCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput added in v1.37.0 

type StartDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunInput struct {

	// The data source (Glue table) associated with this run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataSource *types.DataSource

	// An IAM role supplied to encrypt the results of the run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// Used for idempotency and is recommended to be set to a random ID (such as a
	// UUID) to avoid creating or starting multiple instances of the same resource.
	ClientToken *string

	// A name for the ruleset.
	CreatedRulesetName *string

	// The number of G.1X workers to be used in the run. The default is 5.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The timeout for a run in minutes. This is the maximum time that a run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput added in v1.37.0 

type StartDataQualityRuleRecommendationRunOutput struct {

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	RunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput added in v1.37.0 

type StartDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunInput struct {

	// The data source (Glue table) associated with this run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DataSource *types.DataSource

	// An IAM role supplied to encrypt the results of the run.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// A list of ruleset names.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RulesetNames []string

	// A map of reference strings to additional data sources you can specify for an
	// evaluation run.
	AdditionalDataSources map[string]types.DataSource

	// Additional run options you can specify for an evaluation run.
	AdditionalRunOptions *types.DataQualityEvaluationRunAdditionalRunOptions

	// Used for idempotency and is recommended to be set to a random ID (such as a
	// UUID) to avoid creating or starting multiple instances of the same resource.
	ClientToken *string

	// The number of G.1X workers to be used in the run. The default is 5.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The timeout for a run in minutes. This is the maximum time that a run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The
	// default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput added in v1.37.0 

type StartDataQualityRulesetEvaluationRunOutput struct {

	// The unique run identifier associated with this run.
	RunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput 

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunInput struct {

	// The Amazon S3 path where you export the labels.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputS3Path *string

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput 

type StartExportLabelsTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput 

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunInput struct {

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path from where you import the
	// labels.
	//
	// This member is required.
	InputS3Path *string

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string

	// Indicates whether to overwrite your existing labels.
	ReplaceAllLabels bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput 

type StartImportLabelsTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the task run.
	TaskRunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartJobRunInput 

type StartJobRunInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition to use.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string

	// This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.
	//
	// The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this JobRun. You
	// can allocate a minimum of 2 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative measure
	// of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of
	// memory. For more information, see the [Glue pricing page].
	//
	// [Glue pricing page]: https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/
	//
	// Deprecated: This property is deprecated, use MaxCapacity instead.
	AllocatedCapacity int32

	// The job arguments associated with this run. For this job run, they replace the
	// default arguments set in the job definition itself.
	//
	// You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, as
	// well as arguments that Glue itself consumes.
	//
	// Job arguments may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as arguments.
	// Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Secrets Manager or other secret
	// management mechanism if you intend to keep them within the Job.
	//
	// For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, see
	// the [Calling Glue APIs in Python]topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when
	// configuring Spark jobs, see the [Special Parameters Used by Glue]topic in the developer guide.
	//
	// For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when
	// configuring Ray jobs, see [Using job parameters in Ray jobs]in the developer guide.
	//
	// [Using job parameters in Ray jobs]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/author-job-ray-job-parameters.html
	// [Calling Glue APIs in Python]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-python-calling.html
	// [Special Parameters Used by Glue]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-programming-etl-glue-arguments.html
	Arguments map[string]string

	// Indicates whether the job is run with a standard or flexible execution class.
	// The standard execution-class is ideal for time-sensitive workloads that require
	// fast job startup and dedicated resources.
	//
	// The flexible execution class is appropriate for time-insensitive jobs whose
	// start and completion times may vary.
	//
	// Only jobs with Glue version 3.0 and above and command type glueetl will be
	// allowed to set ExecutionClass to FLEX . The flexible execution class is
	// available for Spark jobs.
	ExecutionClass types.ExecutionClass

	// The ID of a previous JobRun to retry.
	JobRunId *string

	// For Glue version 1.0 or earlier jobs, using the standard worker type, the
	// number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated when this job
	// runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs
	// of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the [Glue pricing page].
	//
	// For Glue version 2.0+ jobs, you cannot specify a Maximum capacity . Instead, you
	// should specify a Worker type and the Number of workers .
	//
	// Do not set MaxCapacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers .
	//
	// The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are
	// running a Python shell job, an Apache Spark ETL job, or an Apache Spark
	// streaming ETL job:
	//
	//   - When you specify a Python shell job ( JobCommand.Name ="pythonshell"), you
	//   can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.
	//
	//   - When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job ( JobCommand.Name ="glueetl") or
	//   Apache Spark streaming ETL job ( JobCommand.Name ="gluestreaming"), you can
	//   allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type cannot have a
	//   fractional DPU allocation.
	//
	// [Glue pricing page]: https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/
	MaxCapacity *float64

	// Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.
	NotificationProperty *types.NotificationProperty

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job
	// runs.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job run.
	SecurityConfiguration *string

	// The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can
	// consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. This value
	// overrides the timeout value set in the parent job.
	//
	// Streaming jobs do not have a timeout. The default for non-streaming jobs is
	// 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts a
	// value of G.1X, G.2X, G.4X, G.8X or G.025X for Spark jobs. Accepts the value Z.2X
	// for Ray jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPUs, 16 GB of
	//   memory) with 84GB disk (approximately 34GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms,
	//   joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most
	//   jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPUs, 32 GB of
	//   memory) with 128GB disk (approximately 77GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms,
	//   joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most
	//   jobs.
	//
	//   - For the G.4X worker type, each worker maps to 4 DPU (16 vCPUs, 64 GB of
	//   memory) with 256GB disk (approximately 235GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most
	//   demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is
	//   available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs in the following
	//   Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (Ohio), US East (N. Virginia), US West
	//   (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo),
	//   Canada (Central), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm).
	//
	//   - For the G.8X worker type, each worker maps to 8 DPU (32 vCPUs, 128 GB of
	//   memory) with 512GB disk (approximately 487GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most
	//   demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is
	//   available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs, in the same Amazon
	//   Web Services Regions as supported for the G.4X worker type.
	//
	//   - For the G.025X worker type, each worker maps to 0.25 DPU (2 vCPUs, 4 GB of
	//   memory) with 84GB disk (approximately 34GB free), and provides 1 executor per
	//   worker. We recommend this worker type for low volume streaming jobs. This worker
	//   type is only available for Glue version 3.0 streaming jobs.
	//
	//   - For the Z.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 M-DPU (8vCPUs, 64 GB of
	//   memory) with 128 GB disk (approximately 120GB free), and provides up to 8 Ray
	//   workers based on the autoscaler.
	WorkerType types.WorkerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartJobRunOutput 

type StartJobRunOutput struct {

	// The ID assigned to this job run.
	JobRunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput 

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunInput struct {

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput 

type StartMLEvaluationTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier associated with this run.
	TaskRunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput 

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunInput struct {

	// The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you generate the
	// labeling set.
	//
	// This member is required.
	OutputS3Path *string

	// The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput 

type StartMLLabelingSetGenerationTaskRunOutput struct {

	// The unique run identifier that is associated with this task run.
	TaskRunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartTriggerInput 

type StartTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to start.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartTriggerOutput 

type StartTriggerOutput struct {

	// The name of the trigger that was started.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartWorkflowRunInput 

type StartWorkflowRunInput struct {

	// The name of the workflow to start.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The workflow run properties for the new workflow run.
	RunProperties map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StartWorkflowRunOutput 

type StartWorkflowRunOutput struct {

	// An Id for the new run.
	RunId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput added in v1.69.0 

type StopColumnStatisticsTaskRunInput struct {

	// The name of the database where the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput added in v1.69.0 

type StopColumnStatisticsTaskRunOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopCrawlerInput 

type StopCrawlerInput struct {

	// Name of the crawler to stop.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopCrawlerOutput 

type StopCrawlerOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopCrawlerScheduleInput 

type StopCrawlerScheduleInput struct {

	// Name of the crawler whose schedule state to set.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CrawlerName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput 

type StopCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopSessionInput added in v1.22.0 

type StopSessionInput struct {

	// The ID of the session to be stopped.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Id *string

	// The origin of the request.
	RequestOrigin *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopSessionOutput added in v1.22.0 

type StopSessionOutput struct {

	// Returns the Id of the stopped session.
	Id *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopTriggerInput 

type StopTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to stop.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopTriggerOutput 

type StopTriggerOutput struct {

	// The name of the trigger that was stopped.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopWorkflowRunInput 

type StopWorkflowRunInput struct {

	// The name of the workflow to stop.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the workflow run to stop.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RunId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type StopWorkflowRunOutput 

type StopWorkflowRunOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagResourceInput 

type TagResourceInput struct {

	// The ARN of the Glue resource to which to add the tags. For more information
	// about Glue resource ARNs, see the [Glue ARN string pattern].
	//
	// [Glue ARN string pattern]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/aws-glue-api-common.html#aws-glue-api-regex-aws-glue-arn-id
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceArn *string

	// Tags to add to this resource.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagsToAdd map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type TagResourceOutput 

type TagResourceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagResourceInput 

type UntagResourceInput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to remove the tags.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ResourceArn *string

	// Tags to remove from this resource.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TagsToRemove []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UntagResourceOutput 

type UntagResourceOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateBlueprintInput added in v1.11.0 

type UpdateBlueprintInput struct {

	// Specifies a path in Amazon S3 where the blueprint is published.
	//
	// This member is required.
	BlueprintLocation *string

	// The name of the blueprint.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A description of the blueprint.
	Description *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateBlueprintOutput added in v1.11.0 

type UpdateBlueprintOutput struct {

	// Returns the name of the blueprint that was updated.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateClassifierInput 

type UpdateClassifierInput struct {

	// A CsvClassifier object with updated fields.
	CsvClassifier *types.UpdateCsvClassifierRequest

	// A GrokClassifier object with updated fields.
	GrokClassifier *types.UpdateGrokClassifierRequest

	// A JsonClassifier object with updated fields.
	JsonClassifier *types.UpdateJsonClassifierRequest

	// An XMLClassifier object with updated fields.
	XMLClassifier *types.UpdateXMLClassifierRequest
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateClassifierOutput 

type UpdateClassifierOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput 

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionInput struct {

	// A list of the column statistics.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ColumnStatisticsList []types.ColumnStatistics

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A list of partition values identifying the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionValues []string

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput 

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForPartitionOutput struct {

	// Error occurred during updating column statistics data.
	Errors []types.ColumnStatisticsError

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput 

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableInput struct {

	// A list of the column statistics.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ColumnStatisticsList []types.ColumnStatistics

	// The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the partitions' table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is
	// supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput 

type UpdateColumnStatisticsForTableOutput struct {

	// List of ColumnStatisticsErrors.
	Errors []types.ColumnStatisticsError

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateConnectionInput 

type UpdateConnectionInput struct {

	// A ConnectionInput object that redefines the connection in question.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ConnectionInput *types.ConnectionInput

	// The name of the connection definition to update.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateConnectionOutput 

type UpdateConnectionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateCrawlerInput 

type UpdateCrawlerInput struct {

	// Name of the new crawler.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all
	// built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers
	// always override the default classifiers for a given classification.
	Classifiers []string

	// Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users to
	// specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see [Setting crawler configuration options].
	//
	// [Setting crawler configuration options]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/crawler-configuration.html
	Configuration *string

	// The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.
	CrawlerSecurityConfiguration *string

	// The Glue database where results are stored, such as:
	// arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/* .
	DatabaseName *string

	// A description of the new crawler.
	Description *string

	// Specifies Lake Formation configuration settings for the crawler.
	LakeFormationConfiguration *types.LakeFormationConfiguration

	// Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.
	LineageConfiguration *types.LineageConfiguration

	// A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to crawl
	// only folders that were added since the last crawler run.
	RecrawlPolicy *types.RecrawlPolicy

	// The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that is used by the
	// new crawler to access customer resources.
	Role *string

	// A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see [Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers]. For example, to run
	// something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: cron(15 12 * * ? *) .
	//
	// [Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html
	Schedule *string

	// The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.
	SchemaChangePolicy *types.SchemaChangePolicy

	// The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.
	TablePrefix *string

	// A list of targets to crawl.
	Targets *types.CrawlerTargets
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateCrawlerOutput 

type UpdateCrawlerOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput 

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleInput struct {

	// The name of the crawler whose schedule to update.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CrawlerName *string

	// The updated cron expression used to specify the schedule (see [Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers]. For example, to
	// run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: cron(15 12 * * ? *) .
	//
	// [Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/monitor-data-warehouse-schedule.html
	Schedule *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput 

type UpdateCrawlerScheduleOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateDataQualityRulesetInput added in v1.37.0 

type UpdateDataQualityRulesetInput struct {

	// The name of the data quality ruleset.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A description of the ruleset.
	Description *string

	// A Data Quality Definition Language (DQDL) ruleset. For more information, see
	// the Glue developer guide.
	Ruleset *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateDataQualityRulesetOutput added in v1.37.0 

type UpdateDataQualityRulesetOutput struct {

	// A description of the ruleset.
	Description *string

	// The name of the data quality ruleset.
	Name *string

	// A Data Quality Definition Language (DQDL) ruleset. For more information, see
	// the Glue developer guide.
	Ruleset *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateDatabaseInput 

type UpdateDatabaseInput struct {

	// A DatabaseInput object specifying the new definition of the metadata database
	// in the catalog.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseInput *types.DatabaseInput

	// The name of the database to update in the catalog. For Hive compatibility, this
	// is folded to lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog in which the metadata database resides. If none is
	// provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateDatabaseOutput 

type UpdateDatabaseOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateDevEndpointInput 

type UpdateDevEndpointInput struct {

	// The name of the DevEndpoint to be updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	EndpointName *string

	// The map of arguments to add the map of arguments used to configure the
	// DevEndpoint .
	//
	// Valid arguments are:
	//
	//   - "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""
	//
	// You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by using
	// the Arguments parameter in the CreateDevEndpoint or UpdateDevEndpoint APIs. If
	// no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.
	AddArguments map[string]string

	// The list of public keys for the DevEndpoint to use.
	AddPublicKeys []string

	// Custom Python or Java libraries to be loaded in the DevEndpoint .
	CustomLibraries *types.DevEndpointCustomLibraries

	// The list of argument keys to be deleted from the map of arguments used to
	// configure the DevEndpoint .
	DeleteArguments []string

	// The list of public keys to be deleted from the DevEndpoint .
	DeletePublicKeys []string

	// The public key for the DevEndpoint to use.
	PublicKey *string

	// True if the list of custom libraries to be loaded in the development endpoint
	// needs to be updated, or False if otherwise.
	UpdateEtlLibraries bool
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateDevEndpointOutput 

type UpdateDevEndpointOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateJobFromSourceControlInput added in v1.33.0 

type UpdateJobFromSourceControlInput struct {

	// The type of authentication, which can be an authentication token stored in
	// Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager, or a personal access token.
	AuthStrategy types.SourceControlAuthStrategy

	// The value of the authorization token.
	AuthToken *string

	// An optional branch in the remote repository.
	BranchName *string

	// A commit ID for a commit in the remote repository.
	CommitId *string

	// An optional folder in the remote repository.
	Folder *string

	// The name of the Glue job to be synchronized to or from the remote repository.
	JobName *string

	//  The provider for the remote repository. Possible values: GITHUB,
	// AWS_CODE_COMMIT, GITLAB, BITBUCKET.
	Provider types.SourceControlProvider

	// The name of the remote repository that contains the job artifacts. For
	// BitBucket providers, RepositoryName should include WorkspaceName . Use the
	// format / .
	RepositoryName *string

	// The owner of the remote repository that contains the job artifacts.
	RepositoryOwner *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateJobFromSourceControlOutput added in v1.33.0 

type UpdateJobFromSourceControlOutput struct {

	// The name of the Glue job.
	JobName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateJobInput 

type UpdateJobInput struct {

	// The name of the job definition to update.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobName *string

	// Specifies the values with which to update the job definition. Unspecified
	// configuration is removed or reset to default values.
	//
	// This member is required.
	JobUpdate *types.JobUpdate
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateJobOutput 

type UpdateJobOutput struct {

	// Returns the name of the updated job definition.
	JobName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateMLTransformInput 

type UpdateMLTransformInput struct {

	// A unique identifier that was generated when the transform was created.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TransformId *string

	// A description of the transform. The default is an empty string.
	Description *string

	// This value determines which version of Glue this machine learning transform is
	// compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value is not
	// set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, see [Glue Versions]in
	// the developer guide.
	//
	// [Glue Versions]: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/glue/latest/dg/release-notes.html#release-notes-versions
	GlueVersion *string

	// The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to task runs
	// for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A
	// DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of
	// compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the [Glue pricing page].
	//
	// When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard , the
	// MaxCapacity field is set automatically and becomes read-only.
	//
	// [Glue pricing page]: https://aws.amazon.com/glue/pricing/
	MaxCapacity *float64

	// The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task run
	// fails.
	MaxRetries *int32

	// The unique name that you gave the transform when you created it.
	Name *string

	// The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this task
	// runs.
	NumberOfWorkers *int32

	// The configuration parameters that are specific to the transform type
	// (algorithm) used. Conditionally dependent on the transform type.
	Parameters *types.TransformParameters

	// The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required
	// permissions.
	Role *string

	// The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum
	// time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is
	// terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).
	Timeout *int32

	// The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts a
	// value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.
	//
	//   - For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory
	//   and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.
	//
	//   - For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory and a
	//   64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	//
	//   - For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory and a
	//   128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.
	WorkerType types.WorkerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateMLTransformOutput 

type UpdateMLTransformOutput struct {

	// The unique identifier for the transform that was updated.
	TransformId *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdatePartitionInput 

type UpdatePartitionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The new partition object to update the partition to.
	//
	// The Values property can't be changed. If you want to change the partition key
	// values for a partition, delete and recreate the partition.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionInput *types.PartitionInput

	// List of partition key values that define the partition to update.
	//
	// This member is required.
	PartitionValueList []string

	// The name of the table in which the partition to be updated is located.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be updated resides. If none
	// is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdatePartitionOutput 

type UpdatePartitionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateRegistryInput added in v0.30.0 

type UpdateRegistryInput struct {

	// A description of the registry. If description is not provided, this field will
	// not be updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Description *string

	// This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon
	// Resource Name (ARN).
	//
	// This member is required.
	RegistryId *types.RegistryId
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateRegistryOutput added in v0.30.0 

type UpdateRegistryOutput struct {

	// The Amazon Resource name (ARN) of the updated registry.
	RegistryArn *string

	// The name of the updated registry.
	RegistryName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSchemaInput added in v0.30.0 

type UpdateSchemaInput struct {

	// This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure
	// contains:
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One of
	//   SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.
	//
	//   - SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName
	//   has to be provided.
	//
	// This member is required.
	SchemaId *types.SchemaId

	// The new compatibility setting for the schema.
	Compatibility types.Compatibility

	// The new description for the schema.
	Description *string

	// Version number required for check pointing. One of VersionNumber or
	// Compatibility has to be provided.
	SchemaVersionNumber *types.SchemaVersionNumber
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSchemaOutput added in v0.30.0 

type UpdateSchemaOutput struct {

	// The name of the registry that contains the schema.
	RegistryName *string

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema.
	SchemaArn *string

	// The name of the schema.
	SchemaName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSourceControlFromJobInput added in v1.33.0 

type UpdateSourceControlFromJobInput struct {

	// The type of authentication, which can be an authentication token stored in
	// Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager, or a personal access token.
	AuthStrategy types.SourceControlAuthStrategy

	// The value of the authorization token.
	AuthToken *string

	// An optional branch in the remote repository.
	BranchName *string

	// A commit ID for a commit in the remote repository.
	CommitId *string

	// An optional folder in the remote repository.
	Folder *string

	// The name of the Glue job to be synchronized to or from the remote repository.
	JobName *string

	//  The provider for the remote repository. Possible values: GITHUB,
	// AWS_CODE_COMMIT, GITLAB, BITBUCKET.
	Provider types.SourceControlProvider

	// The name of the remote repository that contains the job artifacts. For
	// BitBucket providers, RepositoryName should include WorkspaceName . Use the
	// format / .
	RepositoryName *string

	// The owner of the remote repository that contains the job artifacts.
	RepositoryOwner *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateSourceControlFromJobOutput added in v1.33.0 

type UpdateSourceControlFromJobOutput struct {

	// The name of the Glue job.
	JobName *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateTableInput 

type UpdateTableInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive
	// compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// An updated TableInput object to define the metadata table in the catalog.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableInput *types.TableInput

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, the
	// Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string

	// By default, UpdateTable always creates an archived version of the table before
	// updating it. However, if skipArchive is set to true, UpdateTable does not
	// create the archived version.
	SkipArchive *bool

	// The transaction ID at which to update the table contents.
	TransactionId *string

	// The version ID at which to update the table contents.
	VersionId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateTableOptimizerInput added in v1.68.0 

type UpdateTableOptimizerInput struct {

	// The Catalog ID of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	CatalogId *string

	// The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// The name of the table.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableName *string

	// A TableOptimizerConfiguration object representing the configuration of a table
	// optimizer.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TableOptimizerConfiguration *types.TableOptimizerConfiguration

	// The type of table optimizer. Currently, the only valid value is compaction .
	//
	// This member is required.
	Type types.TableOptimizerType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateTableOptimizerOutput added in v1.68.0 

type UpdateTableOptimizerOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateTableOutput 

type UpdateTableOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateTriggerInput 

type UpdateTriggerInput struct {

	// The name of the trigger to update.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// The new values with which to update the trigger.
	//
	// This member is required.
	TriggerUpdate *types.TriggerUpdate
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateTriggerOutput 

type UpdateTriggerOutput struct {

	// The resulting trigger definition.
	Trigger *types.Trigger

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput 

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionInput struct {

	// The name of the catalog database where the function to be updated is located.
	//
	// This member is required.
	DatabaseName *string

	// A FunctionInput object that redefines the function in the Data Catalog.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FunctionInput *types.UserDefinedFunctionInput

	// The name of the function.
	//
	// This member is required.
	FunctionName *string

	// The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be updated is located. If none
	// is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.
	CatalogId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput 

type UpdateUserDefinedFunctionOutput struct {
	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateWorkflowInput 

type UpdateWorkflowInput struct {

	// Name of the workflow to be updated.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.
	DefaultRunProperties map[string]string

	// The description of the workflow.
	Description *string

	// You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data, to
	// control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number of
	// concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter blank,
	// there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.
	MaxConcurrentRuns *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

type UpdateWorkflowOutput 

type UpdateWorkflowOutput struct {

	// The name of the workflow which was specified in input.
	Name *string

	// Metadata pertaining to the operation's result.
	ResultMetadata middleware.Metadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Source Files

View all Source files

Directories

Path Synopsis
internal
endpoints

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.